{"title":"Metal grinders","description":"\u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003e High-power \u003cstrong\u003emetal grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e for cutting, grinding, and finishing steel and metal alloys. Brushless motors with dust protection and advanced cooling systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n \u003cp class=\"whitespace-normal break-words\"\u003eSpecialized abrasive discs and stable supports for precise work. Ergonomic anti-vibration handles and integrated safety devices. Ideal for metalwork, welding, and industrial maintenance with continuous performance and professional reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-13-md","title":"Bernardo DG 13 MD Drill Bit Sharpener – 230V with thinning device","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 MD drill bit sharpener sharpens HSS and carbide twist drills with a diameter of 2-13 mm, adjustable point angle of 90°-135°, grinding wheel speed of 4,400 rpm, 0.12 kW single-phase 230V motor, and includes a CBN grinding wheel. Equipped with a thinning device and an additional station for relief grinding of the cutting edge. Weight 8.1 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 – 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable point angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90° – 135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCBN grinding wheel speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Primary sharpening + thinning + relief grinding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Precision ball bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.1 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 13 MD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 MD is a twist drill bit sharpener with three operating stations: primary sharpening, a device for thinning the drill bit, and an additional station for relief grinding of the cutting face. Thinning reduces the web thickness of the drill bit, improving centering on the workpiece and reducing the feed force required during drilling. This feature, rare in sharpeners of this range, distinguishes the DG 13 MD from the basic DG 13 M. The CBN (cubic boron nitride) grinding wheel is the correct technical choice for sharpening HSS and carbide. In Krollit's customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops, maintenance departments, and precision mechanics who want to reduce drill bit replacement costs and improve drilling performance on steels and metals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 MD is the superior version of the DG 13 M in the Bernardo drill bit sharpener range. Compared to the basic DG 13 M, the MD adds the thinning device and the relief grinding station, two functions that substantially improve the geometry of the sharpened drill bit: a properly thinned and relieved drill bit has a longer lifespan between resharpenings and produces more precise holes. Above the DG 13 MD in the Bernardo range are sharpeners for milling cutters (EMG 30, EMG 60) and universal sharpeners, sized for other types of tools. For workshops that primarily work with drill bits up to 13 mm, the DG 13 MD is the reference solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 8.1 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be handled by one person. CBN grinding wheels, ER 20 collets, and original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DG 13 MD for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor those who need to regularly sharpen their own drill bits. For occasional use (one-two sharpenings per month), the cost may be oversized: consider external sharpening services.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ maintenance department\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe three stations (sharpening, thinning, relief) produce drill bits with correct geometry that last longer between resharpenings. Reduces drill bit replacement costs and improves drilling performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduction department with intensive drill bit use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with regular consumption of HSS and carbide drill bits, the DG 13 MD quickly pays for itself. Durable CBN grinding wheel and three stations make sharpening quick and repeatable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits over 13 mm in diameter (consider higher models); CNC drills with special geometries (require numerically controlled universal sharpeners); sharpening end mills or rotary tools other than drill bits (consider EMG 30 or universal sharpeners).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSharpening capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 – 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrill bit materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS, HSS-Co, carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable point angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° – 135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating functions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary sharpening + thinning + relief grinding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrinding wheel and spindle\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBN (cubic boron nitride)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 × 135 × 165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted CBN grinding wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 11 ER 20 collets (3.0 \/ 4.0 \/ 5.0 \/ 6.0 \/ 7.0 \/ 8.0 \/ 9.0 \/ 10.0 \/ 11.0 \/ 12.0 \/ 13.0 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eER 20 collet holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 13 MD and DG 13 M?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 MD adds the thinning device and the relief grinding station for the cutting face. The basic DG 13 M only offers primary sharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThinning reduces the web thickness of the drill bit, improving centering on the workpiece and reducing the required feed force. Relief grinding creates the correct clearance angle behind the cutting edge. These two functions produce drill bits with complete geometry and superior performance, which is why the DG 13 MD is preferred in professional mechanical workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The included CBN grinding wheel is the correct technical choice for both HSS and carbide. CBN is specific for steels and ferrous alloys, while for carbide, diamond grinding wheels are normally preferred, but CBN is still suitable for occasional resharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with intensive use of carbide drill bits, an optional diamond grinding wheel is available, which provides optimal results on carbide. For HSS and HSS-Co drill bits, the CBN grinding wheel is the correct choice in all cases. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available from Krollit stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete sharpening of an HSS drill bit (operations: primary sharpening + thinning + relief) typically takes 1-3 minutes for drill bits under 10 mm and 3-5 minutes for drill bits 10-13 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTimes depend on the initial condition of the drill bit: a slightly worn drill bit only requires primary sharpening (~1 minute), while a worn or damaged drill bit requires all three stations (~3-5 minutes). With practice, an operator achieves fast and repeatable times. The included ER 20 collets allow for precise clamping of drill bits in standard sizes 3-13 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 13 MD work with a 230V household socket?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.12 kW 230V single-phase motor works with any standard 16A household socket. Power consumption is minimal, equivalent to that of a small appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DG 13 MD is designed for benchtop use with low power consumption: it can be installed in any workshop or laboratory without the need for dedicated lines. Its compact dimensions (280 × 135 × 165 mm) and weight of 8.1 kg allow it to be placed on any workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I sharpen drill bits over 13 mm with the DG 13 MD?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The design limit is 13 mm drill bit diameter. For drill bits of larger diameter, consider universal sharpeners with an extended range, or external sharpening services for large diameter drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 13 mm limit coincides with the maximum size of the included ER 20 collet set. Drill bits over 13 mm are typically used less frequently in general workshops, and their sharpening is often outsourced. The DG 13 MD covers the range of drill bits used in virtually all standard drilling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693010391368,"sku":"05-1613","price":686.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_13_MD_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758707426"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-per-frese-emg-30","title":"Bernardo EMG 30 End Mill Grinder – 230V, end mills Ø 12-30 mm in HSS and carbide, CBN grinding wheel included","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EMG 30 end mill sharpener sharpens HSS and carbide end mills with diameters 12-30 mm, 2, 3, 4, and up to 6 flute end mills (from Ø 12 mm), point angle adjustment 0°-5°, rotor speed 4,400 rpm, 0.25 kW 230V single-phase motor, CBN grinding wheel included, set of 10 ER 40 collets (12-30 mm). Heavy-duty construction with anti-vibration rubber feet, rotor with precision ball bearings. Weight 25 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable End Mill Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 – 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Flutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3, 4 (and 6 from Ø 12 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterials:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSS and carbide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint Angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0° – 5° adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotor Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the EMG 30 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo EMG 30 is a professional end mill sharpener, sized for machine shops, mold makers, and workshops that want to reduce end mill replacement costs. Sharpening extends the useful life of end mills: a new end mill costs significantly more than sharpening, and a properly sharpened end mill performs almost identically to a new one. The 12-30 mm diameter range covers most standard end mills used in industrial milling. Compatibility with both HSS and carbide, thanks to the included CBN grinding wheel, makes the machine suitable for all types of standard end mills. The supplied set of 10 ER 40 collets (12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30 mm) covers all operating diameters without additional purchases. The rotor with precision ball bearings and anti-vibration rubber feet offer sharpening quality suitable for professional use. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by machine shops with intensive end mill use, mold makers, and CNC workshops that want to reduce tool replacement costs and maintain consistently efficient cutting edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EMG 30 is the end mill sharpener in the Bernardo range, complementing the DG 13 MD (drill bit sharpener, Ø 2-13 mm range). The difference is in purpose: DG 13 MD for twist drills, EMG 30 for end mills. The sharpening geometries are different, and each machine is optimized for its specific tool type. For workshops that use both drill bits and end mills, the two machines are complementary, not interchangeable. The EMG 30, with its 12-30 mm range and capacity for end mills with up to 6 flutes, covers most standard industrial milling cutters. For end mills outside this range (below 12 mm or above 30 mm) or for special geometries (profile cutters, variable helix end mills), universal CNC sharpeners are required, sized for specialized applications. For standard professional use, the EMG 30 is the reference solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 25 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and can be easily handled by one person. Original Bernardo CBN grinding wheels, ER 40 collets, and spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the EMG 30 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA tool for those who regularly sharpen their own end mills. For occasional use (a few sharpenings per month), the cost may be oversized: consider external sharpening services.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine shop with intensive end mill use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe CBN grinding wheels and 10 ER 40 collets included cover the entire 12-30 mm range. In-house sharpening drastically reduces end mill replacement costs and procurement times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMold maker \/ CNC workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops with regular consumption of standard end mills, the EMG 30 quickly pays for itself. Durable CBN grinding wheel and 0°-5° point angle adjustment offer repeatable sharpening precision.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot indicated for:\u003c\/strong\u003e end mills outside the 12-30 mm diameter range (consider universal CNC sharpeners); end mills with special geometries (profile, variable helix); sharpening of twist drills (the DG 13 MD is dedicated); sharpening of broaches, racks, rotary tools other than end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSharpening capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd mill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 – 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd mill materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHSS and carbide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3, 4 (and 6 from Ø 12 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 5° adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGrinding wheel and rotor\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBN (cubic boron nitride)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision ball bearings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – 50Hz – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eConstruction features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-vibration rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 × 270 × 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCBN grinding wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 ER 40 collets (12 \/ 14 \/ 16 \/ 18 \/ 20 \/ 22 \/ 24 \/ 26 \/ 28 \/ 30 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eER 40 collet holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a standard end mill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete sharpening of an HSS or carbide end mill typically takes 3-8 minutes per end mill, depending on its initial condition and the number of flutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese times are significantly less than the time it takes to purchase and receive a new end mill. For workshops with regular end mill use, the EMG 30 allows them to always maintain efficient cutting edges without relying on external suppliers. The 0°-5° point angle adjustment covers the vast majority of standard sharpening angles for industrial end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the CBN grinding wheel really work on carbide?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. CBN (cubic boron nitride) is the standard grinding wheel for sharpening HSS and carbide. For carbide, diamond wheels are sometimes preferred, but CBN is adequate for routine resharpening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with predominant use on carbide, an optional diamond grinding wheel is available as an accessory, which provides optimal results on carbide. For mixed HSS-carbide use, the included CBN grinding wheel is the correct choice. Original Bernardo replacement wheels are available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I sharpen end mills with 6 flutes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but only from Ø 12 mm. For end mills under Ø 12 mm, the maximum number of sharpenable flutes is 4. This is a geometric limit: small end mills with 6 flutes have too little space between flutes for the grinding wheel to access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost commercial end mills have 2, 3, or 4 flutes. 6-flute end mills are dedicated to high-feed finishing applications, typically on diameters ≥ 12 mm. The EMG 30 is correctly sized to cover the vast majority of standard end mills.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work with a standard 230V household outlet?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 0.25 kW motor only requires a standard domestic power outlet. The power consumption is minimal, equivalent to a small appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe EMG 30 is sized for benchtop use with low power consumption: it can be installed in any workshop or laboratory without the need for dedicated lines. Its compact dimensions (350×270×300 mm) and 25 kg weight allow it to be placed on a standard workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much cost is saved by sharpening end mills in-house?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn-house sharpening costs a few cents (grinding wheel consumption + operator time) versus the cost of a new HSS end mill (10-50€) or carbide end mill (50-300€). The savings depend on the volume of end mill consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with regular end mill consumption (even just 5-10 end mills per month), the EMG 30 pays for itself in a few months. A standard end mill can be sharpened 5-10 times before requiring replacement, multiplying the value of the original end mill by that factor. For workshops with intensive CNC use, the annual savings can be significant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693151719752,"sku":"05-1622","price":2061.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_EMG_30_Affilatrice_per_frese_a_candela_12_30_mm.jpg?v=1758621885"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-1000-n","title":"Bernardo URS 1000 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1000 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 1000 mm between centers and a maximum weight of 150 kg, with a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 400 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 1000 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1000 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for the precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that brings surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance in the hundredths of a millimeter range on workpieces up to 1000 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle — the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings — guarantees constant precision even on extended cycles, because it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows the grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work on high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 1000 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 1000 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the hundredths of a millimeter range on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 1000 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −7°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on a film of oil instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings — which are transferred to the ground surface as undulations — and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional accuracy can be achieved with the URS 1000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate coolant), the URS 1000 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (hundredths of a mm) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm — necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and taper grinding possible on the URS 1000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing the grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted +3° to -7° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of the two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat coolant is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The URS 1000 N's cooling system is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693158273352,"sku":"05-1382XL","price":44457.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_1000_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_rettifica_interna_ed_esterna.jpg?v=1758613483"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-1500-n","title":"Bernardo URS 1500 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1500 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 1500 mm between centers and a maximum weight of 150 kg, with a hydrodynamic spindle, tilting table, external grinding wheel Ø 400 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1500 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 1500 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 1500 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that achieves surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance in the hundredths of a millimeter range on workpieces up to 1500 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle—the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings—ensures consistent precision even during extended cycles, because it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work on high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 1500 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 1500 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the hundredths of a millimeter range on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 1500 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −6°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings—which transfer to the ground surface as undulations—and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional accuracy can be achieved with the URS 1500 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate cooling fluid), the URS 1500 N achieves dimensional tolerances IT5–IT6 (in the hundredths of a millimeter range) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm—necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small-diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and taper grinding possible on the URS 1500 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing for grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +3° to −6° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of these two tilts covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cooling fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The URS 1500 N's cooling system is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693159813448,"sku":"05-1383XL","price":47117.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_1500_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_grandi_pezzi.jpg?v=1758613897"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-2000-n","title":"Bernardo URS 2000 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 2000 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 2000 mm between centers and with a maximum weight of 150 kg, featuring a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 500 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 2000 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 2000 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that brings surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance to hundredths of a millimeter on workpieces up to 2000 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle—the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings—ensures constant precision even during extended cycles, as it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows for grinding tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work with high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 2000 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 2000 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the hundredths of a millimeter range on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 2000 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+5° to −2°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1330 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings—which transfer to the ground surface as undulations—and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional precision can be achieved with the URS 2000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate coolant), the URS 2000 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (in the hundredths of a millimeter range) and surface roughness of Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm—necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small-diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° and taper grinding possible on the URS 2000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing for the grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +5° to −2° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of these two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of coolant is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The cooling system of the URS 2000 N is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693162238280,"sku":"05-1384XL","price":84572.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_2000_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_grandi_pezzi.jpg?v=1758614369"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-800-n","title":"Bernardo URS 800 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 800 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 8–200 mm and internally from Ø 13 mm, on workpieces up to 800 mm between centers and a maximum weight of 60 kg, with a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 400 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 20,000 rpm. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 800 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–200 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–380 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 800 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 800 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for the precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that brings surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance to the order of hundredths on workpieces up to 800 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle—the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings—ensures constant precision even over prolonged cycles, because it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, which can be tilted by ±30°, allows the grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that process high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the Bernardo URS 800 N is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 800 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the order of hundredths on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 800 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −7°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–380 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × H × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings—which transfer to the ground surface as undulations—and guarantees superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable dimensional precision with the URS 800 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate cooling fluid), the URS 800 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (order of hundredths of a mm) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. The actual precision depends on the operator, the type of material, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 20,000 rpm—necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a mandrel with a diameter compatible with the hole to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and taper grinding possible on the URS 800 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing the grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +3° to −7° for taper grinding on long workpieces. The combination of the two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat cooling fluid is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The cooling system of the URS 800 N is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693163254088,"sku":"05-1371","price":35417.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_800_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_con_DRO.jpg?v=1758612981"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-cilindrica-universale-urs-3000-n","title":"Bernardo URS 3000 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 3000 N universal cylindrical grinding machine grinds externally from Ø 8 to 320 mm and internally from Ø 35 mm, on workpieces up to 3000 mm between centers and with a maximum weight of 150 kg, featuring a hydrodynamic spindle, inclinable table, external grinding wheel Ø 500 × 50 × 203, and an internal grinding speed of 10,000 rpm. Produced in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance between centers:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8–320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35–100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum workpiece weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25–220 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal grinding wheel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal grinding speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the URS 3000 N and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 3000 N is a professional universal cylindrical grinding machine for precision external and internal grinding of shafts, pins, bushings, and seats: the machine that achieves surface roughness below Ra 0.4 µm and dimensional tolerance in the order of hundredths of a millimeter on workpieces up to 3000 mm in length. The hydrodynamic workpiece spindle — the main differentiator compared to grinding machines with rolling bearings — ensures constant precision even over prolonged cycles, as it eliminates vibrations transmitted by the bearings. The grinding head, inclinable by ±30°, allows grinding of tapers, spherical seats, and shoulders. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by precision mechanical workshops, equipment manufacturers, and industrial maintenance centers that work with high-precision components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo URS 3000 N for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial precision grinding machine. Not suitable for hobby use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal and internal grinding on workpieces up to 3000 mm with hydrodynamic spindle: the choice for tolerances in the order of hundredths on shafts and bushings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor maintenance and production of precision components in continuous cycles.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e workpieces over 3000 mm in length (consider a larger model); workshops without knowledge of cylindrical grinding; occasional use where a bench grinder is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8–320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter with steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter without steady rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and feeds\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to −2°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1–3 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/rev\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkpiece spindle and grinding wheel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25–220 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel (Ø × W × bore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 500 × 50 × 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1330 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Heavy precision machine: coordinate unloading equipment with Krollit before delivery. Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does \"hydrodynamic spindle\" mean and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates the micro-vibrations typical of bearings — which transfer to the ground surface as undulations — and ensures superior dimensional repeatability. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines. Grinding machines with rolling bearings cost less but do not achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat dimensional accuracy can be achieved with the URS 3000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions (well-balanced workpiece, correct grinding wheel, adequate coolant), the URS 3000 N achieves dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 (in the order of hundredths of a millimeter) and surface roughness Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. Actual precision depends on the operator, material type, and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of grinding wheel is used for internal grinding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor internal grinding, the head reaches 10,000 rpm — necessary to maintain optimal peripheral speed with small diameter grinding wheels. Cylindrical grinding wheels mounted on a spindle with a diameter compatible with the bore to be ground are used. For different materials (steel, cast iron, aluminum, carbides), grinding wheels of different compositions (corundum, silicon carbide, CBN) are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs 45° grinding and tapering possible on the URS 3000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head can be tilted by ±30° relative to the workpiece axis, allowing for grinding of tapers, angled shoulders, and complex shapes. The table can be tilted from +3° to −2° for grinding tapers on long workpieces. The combination of the two inclinations covers almost all geometries required in a precision workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat coolant is used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding, a 3–5% water+oil emulsion or neat grinding oil is typically used, depending on the material and grinding wheel. The URS 3000 N's cooling system is integrated. Contact Krollit for details on the coolant delivery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693164859720,"sku":"05-1385XL","price":99737.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_3000_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_per_grandi_pezzi.jpg?v=1758614852"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-inserti-maschiatori-stg-20","title":"Bernardo STG 20 Tap Grinder – M5–M20","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 20 tap grinding machine sharpens taps from M5 – M20 with 2, 3 and 4 flutes, adjustable point angle 5° – 30°, speed 4,400 rpm, single-phase 230V 0.16 kW motor. Weight 14 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking range (taps):\u003c\/strong\u003e M5 – M20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of flutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 and 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5° – 30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotor speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.16 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STG 20 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 20 grinding machine restores HSS and carbide taps with 2, 3 and 4 flutes in the M5 – M20 range: instead of replacing a worn tap, it is resharpened in a few minutes, restoring the cutting edge profile with precision. An M20 HSS tap costs 20–80 euros; sharpening it with the STG 20 takes 5–10 minutes and a trained operator. With 14 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be used on any workshop bench. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, mould makers and CNC machining centres that regularly use taps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo STG 20 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor hobby use, taps wear out rarely — the ROI on the grinding machine is long. Useful if frequent drilling is done.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5 – M20 range: restores the most commonly used taps in mechanical workshops without frequent replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn production with high tap consumption, the grinding machine pays for itself in a few months.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e taps outside the M5 – M20 range; taps with 6+ flutes (check compatibility); drill bit sharpening (consider DG 13 MD or DG 32).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5 – M20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3 and 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5° – 30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.16 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 × 235 × 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 20 sharpen carbide taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The STG 20 is compatible with HSS, carbide (tungsten carbide) and TiN coated taps. For carbide taps, check that the supplied grinding wheel is suitable — diamond or CBN wheels are typically used for carbide. Contact Krollit for details on the specific grinding wheel for carbide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between STG 20 and STG 42?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STG 20 covers taps from M5 to M20 with a 0.16 kW motor (14 kg). The STG 42 covers taps from M16 to M42 with a 0.25 kW motor (24 kg) — for larger taps that require more sharpening power. For workshops that mainly work on M16 and below, the STG 20 is sufficient; for taps up to M42, the STG 42 is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, more than for drill bit sharpeners. Tap sharpening requires an understanding of cutting edge geometry (point angle, clearance surface). An inexperienced operator can damage the tap. It is advisable to follow the manual in Italian and practice on already worn taps before sharpening new ones. Krollit provides comprehensive documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 20 also sharpen right-hand and left-hand taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding machine handles both right-hand and left-hand taps with the same basic setting, varying the feed direction during sharpening. The Italian manual illustrates the procedure for both orientations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693166104904,"sku":"05-1628","price":1549.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_STG_20_Affilatrice_per_maschiatori_M5_M20.jpg?v=1758623564"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-inserti-maschiatori-stg-42","title":"Bernardo STG 42 Tap Grinder – M16–M42","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 42 tap grinder sharpens M16 – M42 taps with 2, 3, and 4 flutes, adjustable point angle of 5° – 30°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 24 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking range (taps):\u003c\/strong\u003e M16 – M42\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of flutes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2, 3 and 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5° – 30°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotor speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the STG 42 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo STG 42 grinder reconditions HSS and carbide taps with 2, 3, and 4 flutes in the M16 – M42 range: instead of replacing a worn tap, it can be resharpened in a few minutes, restoring the cutting edge profile with precision. An M42 HSS tap costs 20–80 euros; sharpening it with the STG 42 takes 5–10 minutes and a trained operator. With 24 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be used on any workshop bench. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, mold makers, and CNC machining centers that regularly consume taps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo STG 42 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor hobby use, taps wear out rarely — the ROI on the grinder is long. Useful if frequent drilling is done.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 – M42 range: reconditions the most used taps in mechanical workshops without frequent replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn production with high tap consumption, the grinder pays for itself in a few months.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e taps outside the M16 – M42 range; taps with 6+ flutes (check compatibility); drill bit sharpening (consider DG 13 MD or DG 32).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM16 – M42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3 and 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5° – 30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 300 × 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 42 sharpen carbide taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The STG 42 is compatible with HSS, carbide (tungsten carbide) and TiN coated taps. For carbide taps, verify that the included grinding wheel is suitable — for hard metal, diamond or CBN wheels are typically used. Contact Krollit for details on the specific grinding wheel for carbide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between STG 20 and STG 42?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe STG 20 covers taps from M5 to M20 with a 0.16 kW motor (14 kg). The STG 42 covers taps from M16 to M42 with a 0.25 kW motor (24 kg) — for larger taps requiring more grinding power. For workshops working primarily on M16 and below, the STG 20 is sufficient; for taps up to M42, the STG 42 is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, more so than for drill bit sharpeners. Tap sharpening requires an understanding of cutting edge geometry (point angle, relief surface). An inexperienced operator can ruin the tap. It is recommended to follow the manual in Italian and practice on already worn taps before sharpening new ones. Krollit provides complete documentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the STG 42 also sharpen right-hand and left-hand taps?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinder handles both right-hand and left-hand taps with the same basic setup, varying the feed direction during sharpening. The Italian manual illustrates the procedure for both orientations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693166891336,"sku":"05-1629","price":2098.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_STG_42_Affilatrice_per_maschiatori_M16_M42.jpg?v=1758624322"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-32-md","title":"Bernardo DG 32 MD Drill Bit Grinder – Ø 12–32 mm with thinning, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 MD drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 12–32 mm, point angle 90°–140°, speed 4,800 rpm, 0.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 30 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 12–32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–140°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 425 × 220 × 235 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 32 MD and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 MD sharpener restores worn twist drill bits in the Ø 12–32 mm range — with an integrated web thinning device. In a mechanical workshop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: an HSS drill bit of Ø 10 mm costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 32 MD takes 20–40 seconds. At 30 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and maintenance laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 32 MD for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg, 230V: adequate for advanced hobbyists with significant drill bit consumption.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 12–32 mm range: restores the most used drill bits in the workshop with an ROI measurable in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntense industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 32 MD is optimal for manual sharpening on demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 12–32 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 12–32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–140°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 × 220 × 235 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Italian-speaking customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 32 MD and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range for drill bits covers: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with web thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with web thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 32 MD sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the standard grinding wheel included, the DG 32 MD is optimized for HSS drill bits. For tungsten carbide drill bits, a diamond grinding wheel is recommended. Contact Krollit for the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 32 MD, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A very worn drill bit can take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with operator practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guide systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693180293448,"sku":"05-1615","price":1579.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_32_MD_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758708823"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-32-pro","title":"Drill Grinder Bernardo DG 32 Pro – Ø 2–32 mm, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 Pro drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 2–32 mm, point angle 90°–135°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.25 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 32 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 2–32 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 350 × 210 × 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 32 Pro and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 32 Pro sharpener restores worn twist drill bits in the Ø 2–32 mm range. In a mechanical workshop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: a Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 32 Pro takes 20–40 seconds. At 32 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit customer workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metalworking shops, and maintenance labs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 32 Pro for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg, 230V: suitable for advanced hobbyists with significant drill bit consumption.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–32 mm range: restores the most commonly used drill bits in the workshop with an ROI measurable in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntense industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 32 Pro is optimal for manual sharpening on demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 2–32 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 × 210 × 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 32 Pro and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range for drill bits includes: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with web thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with web thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 32 Pro sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the standard grinding wheel provided, the DG 32 Pro is optimized for HSS drill bits. For tungsten carbide drill bits, a diamond grinding wheel is recommended. Contact Krollit for the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 32 Pro, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A heavily worn drill bit can take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with operator practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guidance systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693185175880,"sku":"05-1616","price":1957.66,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_32_Pro_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758710036"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-13-m","title":"Bernardo DG 13 M Drill Bit Sharpener – Ø 2–13 mm, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 M drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 2–13 mm, point angle 90°–135°, speed 4,400 rpm, 0.12 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 8 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 2–13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,400 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 280 × 135 × 165 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 13 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 13 M sharpener restores worn twist drills in the Ø 2–13 mm range. In a machine shop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: a Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 13 M takes 20–40 seconds. At 8 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and maintenance shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 13 M for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact, economical, 230V: the entry point into drill bit sharpening for those who want to stop throwing them away.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional machine shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange Ø 2–13 mm: recovers the most used drill bits in the workshop with a measurable ROI in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntensive industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 13 M is optimal for manual on-demand sharpening.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 2–13 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 × 135 × 165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DG 13 M and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo drill bit range covers: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 13 M sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the standard grinding wheel included, the DG 13 M is optimized for HSS drill bits. For tungsten carbide drill bits, a diamond grinding wheel is recommended. Contact Krollit for the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 13 M, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A very worn drill bit may take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with operator practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guidance systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693192450376,"sku":"05-1612","price":511.19,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_Bernardo_DG_13_M_per_punte_da_trapano.jpg?v=1758705336"},{"product_id":"affilatrici-bernardo-dg-20-m","title":"Bernardo DG 20 M Drill Grinder – Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 230V","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 20 M drill bit sharpener sharpens twist drills from Ø 2–20 mm, point angle 90°–135°, speed 4,800 rpm, 0.12 kW single-phase 230V motor. Weight 8.6 kg. Distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 2–20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePoint angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90°–135°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4,800 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor power:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.12 kW – 230V single-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (L × W × H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 130 × 170 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DG 20 M and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DG 20 M sharpener reconditions worn twist drill bits in the Ø 2–20 mm range – with standard CBN grinding wheel for HSS, carbide, and TiN-coated drill bits. In a mechanical workshop that drills regularly, drill bits are among the most frequent consumables: a Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit costs 3–8 euros; sharpening it with the DG 20 M takes 20–40 seconds. Weighing 8.6 kg and single-phase 230V, it can be installed on any workbench without additional equipment. In Krollit's customer workshops, it is used by mechanical workshops, metal fabricators, and maintenance labs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Bernardo DG 20 M for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact, economical, 230V: the entry point into drill bit sharpening for those who want to stop throwing them away.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–20 mm range: reconditions the most used drill bits in the workshop with a measurable ROI in weeks.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntensive industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor very high volumes, consider automatic sharpeners. The DG 20 M is optimal for manual sharpening on demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e drill bits outside the Ø 2–20 mm range; carbide drill bits without a dedicated diamond grinding wheel; taps (consider STG 20\/42).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSharpenable drill bit diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 2–20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoint angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°–135°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.12 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230V – single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e285 × 130 × 170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance and safety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the DG 20 M and other Bernardo drill bit sharpeners?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo range for drill bits covers: DG 13 M (Ø 2–13 mm, 8 kg), DG 13 MD (Ø 2–13 mm with web thinning, 8.1 kg), DG 20 M (Ø 2–20 mm with CBN grinding wheel, 8.6 kg), DG 32 Pro (Ø 2–32 mm, 32 kg), DG 32 MD (Ø 12–32 mm with web thinning, 30 kg). The choice depends on the maximum diameter of the drill bits used in the workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the DG 20 M sharpen carbide drill bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The DG 20 M is fitted with a standard CBN (cubic boron nitride) grinding wheel, suitable for both HSS and TiN-coated carbide drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long does it take to sharpen a Ø 10 mm drill bit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the DG 20 M, a slightly worn Ø 10 mm HSS drill bit takes 20–40 seconds. A very worn drill bit may take 1–2 minutes. The consistency of the result increases with the operator's practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs specific training required to use it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo drill bit sharpeners have guiding systems that automatically position the drill bit at the correct angle. The operator only needs to insert the drill bit into the holder and advance it against the grinding wheel. Learning takes 5–10 minutes of practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693197758792,"sku":"05-1614","price":955.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Affilatrice_per_trapano_Bernardo_DG_20_M_con_mola_CBN_e_pinze_ER.jpg?v=1757355367"},{"product_id":"bernardo-affilatrice-per-frese-emg-30-pro","title":"Bernardo Cutter Grinder EMG 30 Pro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo End Mill Sharpener EMG 30 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo End Mill Sharpener EMG 30 Pro is the tool for resharpening HSS and carbide end mills. It allows the processing of end mills with 2, 3, and 4 flutes, as well as 6-flute end mills from Ø 12 mm, with a diameter range between 12 and 30 mm. Compared to the basic version, the EMG 30 Pro integrates an additional station for sharpening external helices, increasing versatility and precision. The robust construction with anti-vibration rubber feet minimizes vibrations, while the rotor with precision ball bearings ensures smooth and consistent operation. Compact but powerful, with a 0.25 kW motor at 4400 rpm, it allows rapid adjustment of the relief angle from 0° to 5°. It comes with two CBN grinding wheels, a complete set of ER 40 collets (Ø 12–30 mm), and a collet holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor end mills Ø 12–30 mm in HSS and carbide\u003cbr\u003eSharpening of 2, 3, 4, and from Ø12 mm also 6-flute end mills\u003cbr\u003eAdditional station for sharpening external helices\u003cbr\u003eRelief angle adjustment from 0° to 5°\u003cbr\u003eRobust structure with anti-vibration rubber feet\u003cbr\u003eRotor with precision ball bearings for high stability\u003cbr\u003e0.25 kW motor at 4400 rpm for high performance\u003cbr\u003eEquipped with 2 CBN grinding wheels and a set of 10 ER 40 collets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEMG 30 Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd mill diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 – 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 3, 4 and from Ø12 mm with 6 flutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRelief angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 5°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotor speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4400 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 300 x 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2 CBN grinding wheels\u003cbr\u003eSet of 10 ER 40 collets (12 \/ 14 \/ 16 \/ 18 \/ 20 \/ 22 \/ 24 \/ 26 \/ 28 \/ 30 mm)\u003cbr\u003eER 40 collet holder\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the EMG 30 Pro different from the EMG 30?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pro version adds advanced functionalities compared to the standard EMG 30 — typically greater positioning precision, improved guides, or extended capacity in terms of sharpenable geometries. Check specific differences in the technical table or by contacting Krollit. Both sharpen HSS end mills from Ø 12 to 30 mm with 2, 3, 4, and 6 flutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the EMG 30 Pro also sharpen carbide (HM\/TCT) end mills?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a CBN or diamond grinding wheel. The standard grinding wheel supplied is optimized for HSS end mills. For tungsten carbide end mills, a diamond or CBN grinding wheel is required — contact Krollit for the availability of the specific grinding wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many minutes does it take to sharpen a Ø 20 mm end mill?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA slightly worn Ø 20 mm 4-flute end mill takes 5–10 minutes. A very worn end mill can take 15–20 minutes. Operator experience significantly affects sharpening times and result quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo replacement grinding wheels for the EMG 30 Pro are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695896662344,"sku":"05-1624","price":2671.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_EMG_30_Pro_Affilatrice_per_frese_a_candela_12_30_mm.jpg?v=1758622653"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-a-piastra-ts-300-pro","title":"Bernardo Belt and Disc Sander TS 300 Pro","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Disc Sander TS 300 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo Disc Sander TS 300 Pro is a professional machine designed for precise work on wood, metal, plastic, and composite materials. The balanced Ø 300 mm abrasive disc ensures stable and vibration-free operation, while the robust grey cast iron table with T-slots allows for the use of guides and accessories for precise angular work. The tiltable table from -15° to +45° with adjustable stops guarantees maximum versatility. The machine is equipped with an integrated brake for quick disc stopping, a suction system with a Ø 100 mm connection, and a powerful 0.75 kW (1.0 kW S6) motor, which ensures constant performance even during intensive work. The TS 300 Pro comes complete with a lockable angular fence, miter fence, dust extraction unit, and base, making it the ideal solution for workshops, carpentry shops, and craft laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBalanced Ø 300 mm abrasive disc to reduce vibrations\u003cbr\u003eGrey cast iron table with T-slots for accessories and guides\u003cbr\u003eTilting table from -15° to +45° with adjustable stops\u003cbr\u003e0.75 kW motor with protection and 1.0 kW peak power\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated brake for immediate disc stopping\u003cbr\u003eØ 100 mm dust extraction port for clean work\u003cbr\u003eWorking height 950 mm for optimal ergonomics\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for wood, metals, and plastic materials\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTS 300 Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 x 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-15° – +45°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S1 100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power (S6 40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 x 600 x 1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLockable angular fence\u003cbr\u003eØ 300 mm abrasive disc\u003cbr\u003eVelcro fastening for abrasive discs\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated disc brake\u003cbr\u003eMiter fence\u003cbr\u003eCircular dust extraction unit\u003cbr\u003eExtraction fan\u003cbr\u003eBase\u003cbr\u003eMotor protection switch\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the TS disc sander suitable for metal and wood?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo TS series disc sanders are primarily designed for sanding and finishing flat surfaces on metal, wood, and composite materials. The orbital\/rotary motion of the plate ensures a uniform finish without directional scratches. For wood, use abrasive paper from P80 to P220; for metal, from P80 to P180.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eReplacement abrasive paper available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo abrasive paper and discs for the TS series are available with 3–5 working day shipping. Please specify the size and model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSupport available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695972520264,"sku":"05-1188","price":590.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_TS_300_Pro_Smerigliatrice_a_piastra_300_mm_con_tavolo_in_ghisa.jpg?v=1758619233"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-cilindrica-urs-500-n","title":"Bernardo Universal Cylindrical Grinder URS 500 N","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo URS 500 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo URS 500 N Universal Cylindrical Grinding Machine is a precision machine designed for external and internal grinding operations on workpieces up to 500 mm in length and 200 mm in diameter. Equipped with longitudinal and transverse guides featuring a V- and flat guide combination, it ensures smooth operation and high precision. The main spindle is hydrodynamically mounted: an oil film eliminates direct contact with the bearings, minimizing vibrations and extending lifespan. The table is inclinable from +3° to -9° for conical grinding and features manual or hydraulic feed with continuous speed adjustment (0.1–4 m\/min). The Ø 400 mm external grinding wheel operates at 1670 rpm, while the internal unit reaches 20,000 rpm. With a robust structure, thick reinforcements, and balanced components, the URS 500 N guarantees thermal stability, high productivity, and excellent grinding results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eExternal grinding Ø 8–200 mm and internal Ø 13–100 mm\u003cbr\u003eDistance between centers 500 mm, center height 135 mm\u003cbr\u003eHydrodynamic oil film main spindle to eliminate vibrations\u003cbr\u003eTable inclinable from +3° to -9° for conical operations\u003cbr\u003eManual or hydraulic longitudinal table feed, adjustable 0.1–4 m\/min\u003cbr\u003eInternal grinding up to 20,000 rpm, external with Ø 400 mm grinding wheel at 1670 rpm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding head inclinable ±30°, grinding wheel travel 200 mm\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eURS 500 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCenter height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 – 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 – 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum internal grinding depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+3° to -9°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum longitudinal table travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 – 4 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual table feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm\/revolution\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 – 220 rpm (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkpiece spindle taper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 400 x 50 x 203 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal grinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal grinding speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,000 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head inclination\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding head travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScale reading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTailstock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMT 4, travel 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2150 x 1450 x 1700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2170 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003eØ 400 mm grinding wheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel flange\u003cbr\u003eØ 200 mm 3-jaw self-centering chuck\u003cbr\u003eFrequency inverter\u003cbr\u003eFixed and traveling steady rests\u003cbr\u003eInternal grinding device\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and arbor\u003cbr\u003e2 tailstocks\u003cbr\u003eCooling system with splash guard\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel dresser\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece holder\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is a hydrodynamic spindle and why is it important?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hydrodynamic spindle supports the shaft on an oil film instead of rolling bearings. This eliminates micro-vibrations that are transmitted to the ground surface as ripples, guaranteeing dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness of Ra 0.2–0.4 µm. It is the standard for industrial precision grinding machines — versions with rolling bearings are cheaper but cannot achieve the same tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between URS 500 N and URS 800\/1000\/1500\/2000\/3000 N?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll URS N models share the same construction principle (hydrodynamic spindle, grinding head inclinable ±30°, internal grinding). They differ in distance between centers: URS 500 N (500 mm), URS 800 N (800 mm), URS 1000 N (1000 mm), URS 1500 N (1500 mm), etc. The choice depends on the maximum length of the workpieces to be ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat coolant should I use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cylindrical grinding: 3–5% water+soluble oil emulsion for standard steel; neat grinding oil for high-strength tool steels; dry cutting for cast iron (produces natural lubricating graphite). The cooling system of the Bernardo Cylindrical Grinder is integrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs internal grinding possible on the Bernardo Cylindrical Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The grinding head of the Bernardo Cylindrical Grinder also supports internal grinding with a high-speed spindle — check the internal grinding speed and minimum diameter in the technical table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695972946248,"sku":"05-1370","price":31037.46,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_URS_500_N_Smerigliatrice_cilindrica_universale_con_DRO.jpg?v=1758612477"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-combinata-kms-250","title":"Bernardo Combination Grinder MS 250 \/ 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Combination Grinder MS 250 – grinding wheel Ø250 mm and belt 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo MS 250 \/ 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional-grade combination grinder, ideal for workshops, carpentry, and laboratories requiring power and versatility. It is equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eØ250 mm grinding wheel (grit K36)\u003c\/strong\u003e for roughing and a \u003cstrong\u003e1016 × 75 mm abrasive belt (K80)\u003c\/strong\u003e for sanding and finishing. The \u003cstrong\u003egrinding arm, tiltable up to 90°\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e300 × 75 mm plate with graphite coating\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure precision and stability even during intensive work. With a belt speed of \u003cstrong\u003e16.4 m\/sec\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.0 kW (S6) – 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e motor, it guarantees high and reliable performance. The Ø38 mm dust extraction port allows for optimal dust management. Compact and robust (580 × 310 × 570 mm; weight 34 kg), it includes a \u003cstrong\u003eworkpiece support and spark protection\u003c\/strong\u003e, offering safety and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 × 32 mm – grit K36\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt 1016 × 75 mm – grit K80\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel speed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eBelt speed: 16.4 m\/sec\u003cbr\u003eGrinding arm tiltable 0–90°\u003cbr\u003eSanding plate 300 × 75 mm with graphite coating\u003cbr\u003eDust extraction port Ø38 mm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.0 kW (S6) – 400 V\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 580 × 310 × 570 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: approx. 34 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMS 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ250 × 32 mm – grit K36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1016 × 75 mm – grit K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.4 m\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003etilt 0–90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 × 75 mm with graphite coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust extraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ38 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 × 310 × 570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 mm K36\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt 1016 × 75 mm K80\u003cbr\u003eTilting grinding arm\u003cbr\u003eSanding plate with graphite coating\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre technical assistance and spare parts available in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shipping time for this machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the machine include documentation in Italian?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All Bernardo machines distributed by Krollit include a user and maintenance manual in Italian. For additional documentation (electrical diagrams, PDF data sheets) please contact Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695973339464,"sku":"05-1170","price":570.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_MS_250_Smerigliatrice_combinata_con_mola_250_mm_e_nastro_abrasivo.jpg?v=1757779126"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-combinata-ksa-150","title":"Bernardo Combined Grinder KSA 150 - 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Combination Grinder KSA 150 – Grinding Wheel and Sanding Belt\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo KSA 150\u003c\/strong\u003e is a versatile and compact combination grinder, ideal for sharpening, deburring, and sanding various materials. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eØ150 mm grinding wheel (grit K36)\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e685 × 50 mm sanding belt (K80)\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for both roughing and finishing operations with a single machine. The rotation speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and the belt speed of \u003cstrong\u003e15.4 m\/sec\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure fast and precise results. The equipment includes \u003cstrong\u003espark protection, workpiece support, integrated LED light, and coolant tank\u003c\/strong\u003e, for safe and continuous work. Compact and lightweight (370 × 280 × 350 mm; 11 kg), it is perfect as a bench machine for workshops, laboratories, and demanding hobbyists. Powered at \u003cstrong\u003e230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003e0.25 kW (S1) \/ 0.35 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e motor, it combines practicality and professional performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 × 20 mm – grit K36\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 12.7 mm\u003cbr\u003eSanding belt 685 × 50 mm – K80\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel speed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eBelt speed: 15.4 m\/sec\u003cbr\u003eSanding plate 125 × 50 mm\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eCoolant tank\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser included\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.25 kW (S1) \/ 0.35 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 11 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKSA 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ150 × 20 mm – grit K36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e685 × 50 mm – grit K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.4 m\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.35 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 280 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 mm grit K36\u003cbr\u003eSanding belt 685 × 50 mm grit K80\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eCoolant tank\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the Bernardo K combination grinder combine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo combination grinders (KSA, MS series) integrate a belt grinder and a disc grinder into a single machine. The sanding belt is suitable for roughing and shaping flat, curved surfaces and profiles. The sanding disc is ideal for finishing flat surfaces and sharpening drills and tools. Two functions in one machine reduce space and cost compared to two separate machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the work table be tilted for bevels and angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The work table of Bernardo combination grinders is angle adjustable (typically 0°–45°) for working on bevels, chamfers, and angled surfaces. Check the maximum available angle in the technical table of the Bernardo Combination Grinder K.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat sanding belts are compatible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSanding belts for Bernardo grinders are available in grits from 40 (roughing) to 240 (finishing) and in specific sizes for each model. Original Bernardo replacement sanding belts and discs available with 3–5 working days shipping. Please specify the model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs an external dust extractor needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, highly recommended. Combination grinders produce fine abrasive dust. A dust extractor with a HEPA filter or equivalent is necessary for continuous professional use. Check the diameter of the extraction outlet with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695975240008,"sku":"05-1030","price":170.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KSA_150_Smerigliatrice_combinata_con_mola_e_nastro_abrasivo.jpg?v=1757778047"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-combinata-ksa-200","title":"Bernardo Combination Grinder KSA 200 \/ 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Combined Grinder KSA 200 – Grinding Wheel and Belt 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo KSA 200 \/ 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful and versatile combined grinder, designed for workshops, laboratories, and demanding hobbyists. Thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003eØ200 mm grinding wheel (K36 grit)\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e685 × 50 mm abrasive belt (K80)\u003c\/strong\u003e, it can handle both roughing and finishing operations. The machine integrates \u003cstrong\u003espark protection, workpiece support, LED light, and a coolant tank\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring safety and practical use. With a rotation speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a belt speed of \u003cstrong\u003e15.4 m\/sec\u003c\/strong\u003e, it guarantees consistent performance. The \u003cstrong\u003e0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.50 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e motor makes this machine compact yet powerful. With dimensions of \u003cstrong\u003e420 × 300 × 390 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a weight of 16 kg, the KSA 200 is a reliable solution that can be easily integrated into any workbench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 × 20 mm – K36 grit\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 15.88 mm\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt 685 × 50 mm – K80 grit\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel speed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eBelt speed: 15.4 m\/sec\u003cbr\u003eSanding plate 125 × 50 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection and workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eCoolant tank\u003cbr\u003eDisc dresser included\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.50 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 16 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKSA 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ200 × 20 mm – K36 grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.88 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAbrasive belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e685 × 50 mm – K80 grit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.4 m\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSanding plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 × 300 × 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 mm K36 grit\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt 685 × 50 mm K80 grit\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eCoolant tank\u003cbr\u003eDisc dresser\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the Bernardo Combined Grinder K combine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo combined grinders (KSA, MS series) integrate a belt grinder and a disc grinder into a single machine. The abrasive belt is suitable for roughing and shaping flat surfaces, curves, and profiles. The abrasive disc is ideal for finishing flat surfaces and sharpening drill bits and tools. Two functions in one machine reduce the space occupied and the cost compared to two separate machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the work table be tilted for bevels and angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The work table of Bernardo combined grinders is angle-adjustable (typically 0°–45°) for working on bevels, chamfers, and angled surfaces. Check the maximum available angle in the technical table of the Bernardo Combined Grinder K.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat abrasive belts are compatible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbrasive belts for Bernardo grinders are available in grit sizes from 40 (coarse) to 240 (fine) and in specific sizes for each model. Original Bernardo replacement abrasive belts and discs are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Please specify the model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs an external dust extractor needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, highly recommended. Combined grinders produce fine abrasive dust. A dust extractor with a HEPA filter or equivalent is necessary for continuous professional use. Check the extraction outlet diameter with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695977697608,"sku":"05-1035","price":209.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KSA_200_Smerigliatrice_combinata_con_mola_200_mm_e_nastro_abrasivo.jpg?v=1757778707"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-combinata-kse-200-230-v","title":"Bernardo KSE 200 Combined Grinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo KSE 200 Combined Grinder – Grinding Wheel and Brush 200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo KSE 200\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust and versatile combined grinder, ideal for workshops and craft laboratories. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eØ200 mm grinding wheel (grit K36)\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003eØ200 mm round wire brush\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for sharpening, deburring, cleaning, and rust removal on various materials. The spark guards and adjustable workpiece support ensure safety and stability during processing. With a rotation speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e0.90 kW (S1) \/ 1.25 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e motor, it ensures reliable performance even during continuous use. Compact and stable (570 × 270 × 300 mm, weight 26 kg), it is perfect as a multifunctional bench machine for professionals and advanced hobbyists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 × 32 mm – grit K36\u003cbr\u003eWire brush Ø200 × 20 mm\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable spark guard\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.90 kW (S1) \/ 1.25 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003cbr\u003eCompact structure: 570 × 270 × 300 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 26 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKSE 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ200 × 32 mm – grit K36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire brush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ200 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 400V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 × 270 × 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBernardo KSE 200 combined grinder\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 mm grit K36\u003cbr\u003eWire brush Ø200 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpark guard\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the Bernardo K Combined Grinder combine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo combined grinders (KSA, MS series) integrate a belt grinder and a disc grinder into a single machine. The abrasive belt is suitable for roughing and shaping flat, curved surfaces and profiles. The abrasive disc is ideal for finishing flat surfaces and sharpening drills and tools. Two functions in one machine reduce the space occupied and the cost compared to two separate machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the work surface be tilted for bevels and angles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The work surface of Bernardo combined grinders is angle-adjustable (typically 0°–45°) for processing bevels, chamfers, and angled surfaces. Check the maximum available angle in the technical table of the Bernardo K Combined Grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive belts are compatible?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbrasive belts for Bernardo grinders are available in grits from 40 (roughing) to 240 (finishing) and in specific sizes for each model. Original Bernardo replacement abrasive belts and discs available with 3–5 business days shipping. Specify the model when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs an external extractor needed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, highly recommended. Combined grinders produce fine abrasive dust. An extractor with a HEPA filter or equivalent is necessary for continuous professional use. Check the diameter of the extraction outlet with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51393204715848,"sku":"05-1172","price":262.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51393204748616,"sku":"05-1173","price":262.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KSE_200_Smerigliatrice_combinata_con_mola_e_spazzola.jpg?v=1757777741"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-di-tubi-tbs-620","title":"Bernardo Tube and Pipe Notcher TBS 620","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Pipe Sander TBS 620\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TBS 620 pipe sander is a portable and powerful tool, designed for weld removal and finishing on pipes up to Ø 120 mm. Thanks to its tilting arm, the abrasive belt easily adapts to the pipe's diameter, producing uniform results without creases or distortions. The large contact wheel also allows for working on flat surfaces, making it extremely versatile. The integrated electronics maintain constant belt speed, even under load, while the 800 W motor with 6 selectable speeds ensures high performance. Ideal for stainless steel, the TBS 620 prevents discoloration thanks to proper heat dissipation. Lightweight and easy to handle (4.1 kg), it offers quick and tool-free belt changes, with an ergonomic two-handed grip for maximum comfort during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor pipes up to Ø 120 mm\u003cbr\u003eTilting arm to adapt to pipe diameter\u003cbr\u003eLarge contact wheel for working on flat surfaces\u003cbr\u003e6 adjustable speeds (500–2800 rpm) with constant electronics\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt 620 x 40 mm with speed 3.1 – 11.6 m\/sec\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for stainless steel: welds without discoloration\u003cbr\u003ePowerful and reliable 800 W motor\u003cbr\u003eLow weight (4.1 kg) for portable work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBS 620\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pipe diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.1 – 11.6 m\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 – 2800 rpm (6 levels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic handle\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt\u003cbr\u003e2 spare carbon brushes\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat pipe diameters can the Bernardo pipe sander work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS series pipe sanders are designed for processing pipes of different diameters — check the technical table for the specific range of the Bernardo pipe sander model. The automatic centering system ensures coaxial pipe processing regardless of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does it work on: steel, stainless steel, aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on all three. For stainless steel, use specific abrasive belts for stainless steel (not contaminated by mild steel) and reduced speed. For aluminum, use specific aluminum belts with open bonding to prevent clogging. The Bernardo pipe sander is suitable for steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and copper pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes version A (e.g., TBS 620 A) differ from the standard version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersion A typically indicates a variant with additional features (improved suction connection, automatic speed control, or higher power). Check the specific differences between TBS 620 and TBS 620 A in the technical table or by contacting Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement abrasive belts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo abrasive belts in different grit sizes for the TBS series are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695987331400,"sku":"05-1324","price":222.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_TBS_620_Smerigliatrice_portatile_per_tubi_fino_a_120_mm.jpg?v=1758554889"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-di-tubi-tbs-620-a","title":"Pipe grinder TBS 620 A","description":"\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eFeatures\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe abrasive belt adapts to the respective pipe diameter due to the swivel arm in motion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe large contact roller allows for grinding weld seams on flat surfaces without creating creases or waves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic two-hand operation for fatigue-free work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe abrasive belt dissipates heat, making it ideal for grinding stainless steel weld seams without blue discoloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant belt speed under load, thanks to electronic speed control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient removal of weld seams thanks to the powerful motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy belt replacement without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard with powerful 18V DC battery and charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eStandard accessories\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbrasive belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-responsive table table-detail\"\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ccolgroup\u003e\n\u003ccol width=\"148\"\u003e\n\u003ccol width=\"154\"\u003e\n\u003c\/colgroup\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"148\" height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt length\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"154\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e620 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e40 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e120 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt speed \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e4.7 \/ 5.7 \/ 7 m\/sec.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRotational speed \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e1400 \/ 1700 \/ 2100 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery voltage \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e18 V DC\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery capacity \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e4.0 Ah\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeight approx.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days for the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat pipe diameters does the TBS 620 Pipe Grinder work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS series pipe grinders are designed for processing pipes of different diameters — check the technical table for the specific range of the TBS 620 Pipe Grinder model. The automatic centering system ensures coaxial processing of the pipe regardless of its diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does it work on: steel, stainless steel, aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on all three. For stainless steel, use specific abrasive belts for stainless steel (not contaminated by mild steel) and reduced speed. For aluminum, use specific aluminum belts with an open binder to prevent clogging. The TBS 620 Pipe Grinder is suitable for steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and copper pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the A version (e.g., TBS 620 A) differ from the standard version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A version typically indicates a variant with additional features (improved dust extraction connection, automatic speed control, or higher power). Check the specific differences between TBS 620 and TBS 620 A in the technical table or by contacting Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement abrasive belts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo abrasive belts in various grits for the TBS series are available with 3–5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695992738120,"sku":"05-1332","price":357.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/05-1332_1.jpg?v=1750084368"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-di-tubi-tbs-760","title":"Bernardo Pipe Sander TBS 760","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Tube Belt Sander TBS 760\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo TBS 760 Tube Belt Sander is a compact and versatile tool, ideal for grinding, satin finishing, and polishing tubes and handrails, even those already wall-mounted. Thanks to its flexible arm, the abrasive belt wraps around the tube up to 270°, allowing for uniform and continuous 360° processing. The 180° adjustable handle reduces bulk and facilitates use in confined spaces. The powerful 800 W motor, with soft start and overload protection, ensures reliable and consistent performance. The integrated electronics maintain a stable belt speed (2.4 – 9.1 m\/sec), even under load, guaranteeing perfect surfaces without discoloration, especially on stainless steel. Lightweight and easy to handle (3.9 kg), with quick and tool-free belt changes, the TBS 760 is suitable for professionals who demand precision and practicality in tube processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor tubes up to Ø 180 mm\u003cbr\u003eFlexible arm with up to 270° wrap-around\u003cbr\u003eFull 360° wrap-around in two passes\u003cbr\u003e180° adjustable handle for working close to walls\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt 760 x 40 mm with speed 2.4 – 9.1 m\/sec\u003cbr\u003e800 W motor with soft start and overload protection\u003cbr\u003eConstant electronics for stable speed under load\u003cbr\u003eLow weight (3.9 kg) and quick, tool-free belt change\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTBS 760\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. tube diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4 – 9.1 m\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 – 2800 rpm (6 levels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgonomic handle\u003cbr\u003eAbrasive belt\u003cbr\u003e2 spare carbon brushes\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat tube diameters can the Bernardo Tube Belt Sander process?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS series tube belt sanders are designed for processing tubes of various diameters — check the technical table for the specific range of the Bernardo Tube Belt Sander model. The automatic centering system ensures coaxial tube processing regardless of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does it work on: steel, stainless steel, aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on all three. For stainless steel, use specific abrasive belts for stainless steel (not contaminated by mild steel) and reduced speed. For aluminum, use specific aluminum belts with an open bond to prevent clogging. The Bernardo Tube Belt Sander is suitable for steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and copper tubes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the A version (e.g., TBS 620 A) differ from the standard version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A version typically indicates a variant with additional features (improved dust extraction connection, automatic speed control, or higher power). Check the specific differences between TBS 620 and TBS 620 A in the technical table or by contacting Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement abrasive belts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo abrasive belts in various grits for the TBS series are available with 3–5 business days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695995490632,"sku":"05-1325","price":244.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_TBS_760_Smerigliatrice_portatile_per_tubi_fino_a_180_mm.jpg?v=1758555410"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-di-tubi-tbs-760-a","title":"Pipe grinder TBS 760 A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe TBS 760 A pipe belt sander is a particularly handy and versatile tool for various grinding, polishing, and satin finishing tasks. The main application areas for this machine are railing construction, metal structures, and metalworking.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eFeatures\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for grinding and polishing pipe structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor refinishing (sanding, satin finishing, and mirror polishing) of already installed railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe auxiliary handle can be rotated 180°, ideal for tight spaces, e.g., handrails close to the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant belt speed under load, thanks to electronic speed control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffective grinding of weld seams thanks to the powerful motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple tool-free belt replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor 360° circular grinding, only two work steps are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovable arm for optimal pipe wrapping up to a maximum of 270°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard with powerful 18 V DC battery and charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eStandard accessories\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbrasive belt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-responsive table table-detail\"\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ccolgroup\u003e\n\u003ccol width=\"148\"\u003e\n\u003ccol width=\"154\"\u003e\n\u003c\/colgroup\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"148\" height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt length\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd width=\"154\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e760 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt width\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e40 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax. pipe diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e180 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBelt speed \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e4.2 \/ 5 \/ 6.2 m\/sec.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRotational speed \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e1400 \/ 1700 \/ 2100 rpm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery voltage \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e18 V DC\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery capacity \u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e4.0 Ah\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd height=\"15\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeight approx.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cp\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat pipe diameters does the TBS 760 pipe sander work with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo TBS series pipe sanders are designed for processing pipes of various diameters — check the technical table for the specific range of the TBS 760 pipe sander model. The automatic centering system ensures coaxial pipe processing regardless of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials does it work on: steel, stainless steel, aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, on all three. For stainless steel, use specific abrasive belts for stainless steel (not contaminated by mild steel) and reduced speed. For aluminum, use specific aluminum belts with open bond to prevent clogging. The TBS 760 pipe sander is suitable for steel, stainless steel, aluminum, and copper pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the A version (e.g., TBS 620 A) differ from the standard version?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A version typically indicates a variant with additional features (improved dust extraction connection, automatic speed control, or higher power). Check the specific differences between TBS 620 and TBS 620 A in the technical table or by contacting Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre replacement abrasive belts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Original Bernardo abrasive belts in various grits for the TBS series are available with 3–5 business day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695998374216,"sku":"05-1333","price":330.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/05-1333_1.jpg?v=1750084414"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-ds-150-s","title":"Bernardo Double Grinder DS 150 S \/ 230 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 150 S – K36\/K80 grinding wheels, 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 150 S \/ 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and versatile bench machine, designed for roughing, sharpening, and finishing operations. It is equipped with two Ø150 mm grinding wheels: a \u003cstrong\u003eK36 for roughing\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003eK80 for finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring precise and safe machining. With a rotation speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a motor of \u003cstrong\u003e0.50 kW (S1) \/ 0.70 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides reliable performance for hobbyists and professionals. The equipment includes \u003cstrong\u003espark guards on both sides and adjustable workpiece supports\u003c\/strong\u003e, which increase safety and stability during use. Thanks to its compact dimensions (430 × 195 × 230 mm) and low weight of 16 kg, it can be easily integrated into any workbench. A suitable solution for those who use a functional, robust, and safe bench grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 × 25 mm – K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing) grits\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 32 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.50 kW (S1) \/ 0.70 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece supports\u003cbr\u003eCompact and robust structure\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 430 × 195 × 230 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 16 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS 150 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ150 × 25 mm – K36\/K80 grits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.70 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 × 195 × 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards (both sides)\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the grit size of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Double Grinder DS 1?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and removing a lot of material: coarse-grit grinding wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium-grit grinding wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine-grit grinding wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Double Grinder DS 1 uses Ø 150 mm grinding wheels — verify the correct format before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a grinding wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. A misaligned or misshapen grinding wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Double Grinder DS 1 be fitted with a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can be fitted with Ø 150 mm leather or felt discs on the same shaft as the abrasive wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Verify shaft compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with an abrasive wheel on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (grinding wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696000962888,"sku":"05-1119","price":189.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DS_150_S_Smerigliatrice_doppia_da_banco_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758116869"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-ds-300-s","title":"Bernardo Industrial Bench Grinder DS 300 S \/ 400 V","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Bench Grinder DS 300 S – K36\/K80 grinding wheels, 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo DS 300 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance industrial bench grinder, designed for workshops and maintenance departments that require power, precision, and safety. It is equipped with two Ø300 mm grinding wheels: a \u003cstrong\u003eK36 coarse grinding wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e for intensive material removal and a \u003cstrong\u003eK80 finishing grinding wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e for precise sharpening and finishing. Thanks to the reduced rotation speed of \u003cstrong\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e, it ensures controlled work and a long service life for the grinding wheels. The \u003cstrong\u003e2.2 kW (S1) \/ 3.0 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e three-phase motor ensures constant power even for heavy-duty work. Standard features include an \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable workpiece support, hinged protective guards, LED light, and dual Ø35 mm extraction ports\u003c\/strong\u003e. With robust dimensions (700 × 500 × 460 mm) and a weight of 84 kg, it offers maximum stability and reliability for continuous professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø300 × 50 mm – grits K36 (coarse) and K80 (finish)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 75 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 1450 rpm (controlled work)\u003cbr\u003eMotor 2.2 kW (S1) \/ 3.0 kW (S6) – 400 V three-phase\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eHinged protective guard\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eDual Ø35 mm extraction port\u003cbr\u003eRobust industrial construction\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 700 × 500 × 460 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 84 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS 300 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ300 × 50 mm – grits K36\/K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtraction port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 500 × 460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø300 mm K36 (coarse)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø300 mm K80 (finish)\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eHinged protective guards\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED work light\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the grit size of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Bench Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and extensive material removal: coarse-grit wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium-grit wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine-grit wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Bench Grinder uses Ø 300 mm grinding wheels — check the correct size before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a grinding wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. An unbalanced or misshapen grinding wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Bench Grinder fit a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can fit Ø 300 mm leather or felt discs on the same arbor as the grinding wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Check arbor compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with a grinding wheel on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (grinding wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696004141384,"sku":"05-1154","price":1188.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DS_300_S_Smerigliatrice_da_banco_industriale_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758183993"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-ds-175-s","title":"Bernardo Double Grinder DS 175 S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 175 S – K36\/K80 grinding wheels, 230 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 175 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and reliable bench-mounted machine, ideal for workshops and craft laboratories. Equipped with two Ø175 mm grinding wheels, one \u003cstrong\u003eK36 for roughing\u003c\/strong\u003e and one \u003cstrong\u003eK80 for finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for both rapid material removal and precise finishing of tools and metal parts. The rotation speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e0.50 kW (S1) \/ 0.70 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e motor, powered at 230 V, ensure power and stability during use. Standard equipment includes \u003cstrong\u003espark guards on both sides and adjustable workpiece supports\u003c\/strong\u003e, which improve safety and operational precision. With compact dimensions (450 × 230 × 250 mm) and a weight of 18 kg, it is easy to place on any workbench. A suitable choice for those who value robustness, practicality, and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø175 × 25 mm – K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing) grits\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 32 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.50 kW (S1) \/ 0.70 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece supports\u003cbr\u003eCompact and robust structure\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 450 × 230 × 250 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 18 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS 175 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ175 × 25 mm – K36\/K80 grits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.70 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 230 × 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø175 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø175 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards (both sides)\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the grit size of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo DS 1 Double Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and heavy material removal: coarse grit wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium grit wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine grit wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo DS 1 Double Grinder uses Ø 175 mm wheels — check the correct format before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. An unbalanced or misshapen wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo DS 1 Double Grinder mount a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can mount Ø 175 mm leather or felt discs on the same shaft as the abrasive wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Check shaft compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with an abrasive wheel on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696007549256,"sku":"05-1121","price":208.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DS_175_S_Smerigliatrice_doppia_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758182106"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-ds-200-s-230-v","title":"Bernardo Double Grinder DS 200 S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 200 S – grinding wheels K36\/K80\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 200 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional benchtop machine, designed for sharpening, roughing, and finishing tools and metal parts. It mounts two Ø200 mm grinding wheels: a \u003cstrong\u003eK36 for roughing\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003eK80 for finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing precise work for both material removal and surface finishing. With a rotational speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a motor of \u003cstrong\u003e0.90 kW (S1) \/ 1.25 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e, powered by either 230 V or 400 V, it ensures constant power and long durability. Standard equipment includes \u003cstrong\u003espark guards on both sides and adjustable workpiece supports\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring safe and stable use. With dimensions of \u003cstrong\u003e510 × 270 × 310 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a weight of 25 kg, it is stable, compact, and ideal for workshops and craft laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 × 32 mm – grits K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 32 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.90 kW (S1) \/ 1.25 kW (S6) – 230\/400 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece supports\u003cbr\u003eRobust benchtop structure\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 510 × 270 × 310 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 25 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS 200 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ200 × 32 mm – grits K36\/K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.90 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 270 × 310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards (both sides)\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece supports\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the grit size of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Double Grinder DS 2?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and heavy material removal: coarse grit wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium grit wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine grit wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Double Grinder DS 2 mounts Ø 200 mm wheels — verify the correct format before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. A misaligned or out-of-shape wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Double Grinder DS 2 mount a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can mount Ø 200 mm leather or felt discs on the same arbor as the grinding wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Verify arbor compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with grinding wheels on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working with materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts (grinding wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51426707177800,"sku":"05-1125","price":250.11,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51426707210568,"sku":"05-1126","price":260.1,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DS_200_S_Smerigliatrice_doppia_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758182779"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-ds-250-s","title":"Bernardo Double Grinder DS 250 S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 250 S – K36\/K80 grinding wheels, 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DS 250 S\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance professional bench grinder, ideal for roughing, sharpening, and finishing tools and metal parts. It features two Ø250 mm grinding wheels: a \u003cstrong\u003eK36 for roughing\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003eK80 for finishing\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing for both fast material removal and precision work. With a rotational speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.0 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e three-phase motor at 400 V, it ensures constant power even for intensive use. Equipped with \u003cstrong\u003espark guards on both sides and adjustable workpiece supports\u003c\/strong\u003e, it guarantees safety and stability during operation. Thanks to its robust dimensions (510 × 320 × 360 mm) and weight of 30 kg, the DS 250 S proves to be stable and reliable, perfect for professional workshops and laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 × 32 mm – grits K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 32 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 1.5 kW (S1) \/ 2.0 kW (S6) – 400 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece supports\u003cbr\u003eRobust benchtop design\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 510 × 320 × 360 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 30 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS 250 S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ250 × 32 mm – K36\/K80 grits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 320 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards (both sides)\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do you choose the grit of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Double Grinder DS 2?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and removing a lot of material: coarse grit grinding wheel (36–60). For sharpening tools and precision work: medium grit grinding wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine grit grinding wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Double Grinder DS 2 uses Ø 250 mm grinding wheels — check the correct format before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a grinding wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. A misaligned or out-of-shape grinding wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Double Grinder DS 2 mount a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can mount Ø 250 mm leather or felt discs on the same shaft as the abrasive grinding wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Check shaft compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with an abrasive grinding wheel on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (grinding wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696018526536,"sku":"05-1127","price":363.57,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DS_250_S_Smerigliatrice_doppia_da_banco_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758183480"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-dsa-150","title":"Bernardo Double Grinding Machine DSA 150","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DSA 150\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DSA 150\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and versatile benchtop machine, designed for sharpening, roughing, and finishing tools and metal parts. It is equipped with two Ø150 mm grinding wheels: a \u003cstrong\u003eK36 abrasive wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e for roughing and a \u003cstrong\u003eK80 fine wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e for finishing. Thanks to its speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.50 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e motor, powered by 230 V, it guarantees reliable performance for both professional and hobby use. The equipment includes \u003cstrong\u003espark protection on both sides, workpiece support, cooling tank, LED light, and wheel dresser\u003c\/strong\u003e, which enhance safety and practicality of use. With compact dimensions (345 × 270 × 275 mm) and a low weight (10 kg), the DSA 150 easily fits on any workbench, offering reliability and convenience of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 × 25.4 mm – grits K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eWheel bore: 12.7 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.37 kW (S1) \/ 0.50 kW (S6) – 230 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cooling fluid tank\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser included\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 345 × 270 × 275 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 10 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDSA 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ150 × 25.4 mm – grits K36\/K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.37 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.50 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e345 × 270 × 275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø150 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection (both sides)\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\u003cbr\u003eCooling fluid tank\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the grit size of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Double Grinder DSA?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and removing a lot of material: coarse grit wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium grit wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine grit wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Double Grinder DSA uses Ø 150 mm wheels — verify the correct format before purchasing replacement parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. A misaligned or out-of-shape wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks for the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Double Grinder DSA fit a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can fit Ø 150 mm leather or felt discs on the same arbor as the abrasive wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Verify arbor compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with an abrasive wheel on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696019444040,"sku":"05-1090","price":219.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DSA_150_Smerigliatrice_doppia_con_mole_K36_e_K80.jpg?v=1758110840"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-dsa-200-230-v","title":"Bernardo Double Grinder DSA 200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DSA 200 – wheels K36\/K80, 230\/400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DSA 200\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust and versatile bench machine, designed for sharpening, roughing, and finishing tools and metal parts. Equipped with two Ø200 mm grinding wheels: one \u003cstrong\u003eK36\u003c\/strong\u003e for roughing and one \u003cstrong\u003eK80\u003c\/strong\u003e for finishing, it guarantees precise and fast work. The speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003e0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.75 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e motor, powered by \u003cstrong\u003e230 V or 400 V\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensure constant power and long life. The equipment includes \u003cstrong\u003espark protection on both sides, adjustable workpiece support, integrated LED light, and a cooling tank\u003c\/strong\u003e, which increase safety and ease of use. With compact dimensions (410 × 340 × 330 mm) and a weight of 18 kg, it is a stable grinder that can be easily placed in any workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 × 25.4 mm – grits K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 15.88 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.55 kW (S1) \/ 0.75 kW (S6) – 230 V \/ 400 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated cooling fluid tank\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser included\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 410 × 340 × 330 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 18 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDSA 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ200 × 25.4 mm – grits K36\/K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.88 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.55 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 340 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø200 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark protection on both sides\u003cbr\u003eWorkpiece support\u003cbr\u003eCooling fluid tank\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the grit of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Double Grinder DSA?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and heavy material removal: coarse-grit wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium-grit wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine-grit wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Double Grinder DSA uses Ø 200 mm wheels — check the correct size before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. A misaligned or out-of-shape wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Double Grinder DSA mount a leather or felt disc for polishing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can mount leather or felt discs Ø 200 mm on the same arbor as the grinding wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Check arbor compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with a grinding wheel on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51419099201864,"sku":"05-1092","price":244.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51419099234632,"sku":"05-1094","price":244.01,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DSA_200_Smerigliatrice_doppia_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758111314"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-doppia-dsa-250-230-v","title":"Bernardo Double Grinder DSA 250","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DSA 250 – grinding wheels K36\/K80\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Double Grinder DSA 250\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust and professional benchtop machine, designed for sharpening, roughing, and finishing tools and metal parts. It is equipped with two Ø250 mm grinding wheels: one \u003cstrong\u003eK36\u003c\/strong\u003e for roughing and one \u003cstrong\u003eK80\u003c\/strong\u003e for finishing. Thanks to its speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a motor of \u003cstrong\u003e0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.0 kW (S6)\u003c\/strong\u003e, which can be powered at 230 V or 400 V, it offers constant power and reliability. The features include \u003cstrong\u003espark protection on both sides, adjustable workpiece support, LED light, integrated coolant tank, and wheel dresser\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring safety and practicality. With dimensions of \u003cstrong\u003e450 × 360 × 370 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a weight of 26 kg, it is stable and easily integrated into any workshop, making it an ideal solution for artisans and professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 × 25.4 mm – grits K36 (roughing) and K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel bore: 20 mm\u003cbr\u003eSpeed: 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMotor 0.75 kW (S1) \/ 1.0 kW (S6) – 230 V \/ 400 V\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards on both sides\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated coolant tank\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser included\u003cbr\u003eDimensions: 450 × 360 × 370 mm\u003cbr\u003eWeight: 26 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDSA 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ250 × 25.4 mm – grits K36\/K80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S1 (100%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power S6 (40%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V \/ 400 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 360 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 mm K36 (roughing)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø250 mm K80 (finishing)\u003cbr\u003eSpark guards (both sides)\u003cbr\u003eAdjustable workpiece support\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated LED light\u003cbr\u003eCoolant tank\u003cbr\u003eWheel dresser\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the grit size of the grinding wheels for the Bernardo Double Grinder DSA?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor roughing and removing a lot of material: coarse grit wheel (36–60). For tool sharpening and precision work: medium grit wheel (80–120). For finishing and polishing: fine grit wheel (150–220) or felt disc. The Bernardo Double Grinder DSA mounts Ø 250 mm wheels — verify the correct format before purchasing spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow often should grinding wheels be balanced?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew grinding wheels should always be checked before installation (ring test — clear sound = intact wheel). Periodic dressing with a wheel dresser maintains the correct shape and reduces vibrations. An unbalanced or out-of-shape wheel can cause excessive vibrations and risks to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the Bernardo Double Grinder DSA mount leather or felt polishing discs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Most Bernardo double grinders can mount Ø 250 mm leather or felt discs on the same shaft as the abrasive wheels — suitable for polishing metals, plastics, and wood. Verify shaft compatibility with Krollit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between DS and DSA in the grinder range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS series is the standard double grinder with abrasive wheels on both sides. The DSA series adds integrated dust extraction — essential when working on materials that produce fine dust (aluminum, non-ferrous metals, wood) in enclosed environments. The DSA is quieter and keeps the work environment cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts (grinding wheels, supports) available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"230V","offer_id":51419142914376,"sku":"05-1096","price":298.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"400V","offer_id":51419142947144,"sku":"05-1098","price":298.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_DSA_250_Smerigliatrice_doppia_con_mole_K36_K80.jpg?v=1758111851"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-fsm-2040","title":"Bernardo Flat Grinder FSM 2040","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 2040 Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 2040 Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional machine designed for grinding flat surfaces of small components, ideal for machine shops and precision departments. Made with professional-grade components, such as \u003cstrong\u003ehardened and ground guides\u003c\/strong\u003e, it ensures smooth and vibration-free movement. The longitudinal table is equipped with \u003cstrong\u003epolished linear guides\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the transverse movement occurs on double V-guides for maximum stability. It comes standard with a \u003cstrong\u003e2-axis digital readout\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e200 x 400 mm permanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a \u003cstrong\u003ecentralized lubrication system\u003c\/strong\u003e for the guides. The Ø 200 mm grinding wheel, powered by a 1.5 kW motor, reaches \u003cstrong\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring high-precision finishes. Complete with a demagnetizer, coolant device, and accessories, it represents a reliable and efficient solution for quick and precise grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProfessional surface grinder for small to medium surfaces\u003cbr\u003eHardened, ground, and polished guides for smooth movements\u003cbr\u003eLongitudinal movement on hardened and polished linear guides\u003cbr\u003eTransverse movement with double V-guides for high stability\u003cbr\u003eEquipped with a 200 x 400 mm permanent magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout included\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication of the guides\u003cbr\u003e1.5 kW grinding wheel motor with 2800 rpm speed\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizer and cooling system included\u003cbr\u003eRobust cast iron construction for stability and durability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSM 2040\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. T-slots \/ Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent Magnetic Chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Longitudinal Travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Transverse Travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. Distance Grinding Wheel – Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding Wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Speed (Longitudinal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 20 m\/min (electric)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Speed (Transverse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.1 – 2 m\/min (electric)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 mm\/revolution – scale 0.02 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.25 mm\/revolution – scale 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding Wheel Motor Power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle Speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine Dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 x 1400 x 1730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 750 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout with LCD display\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work lamp\u003cbr\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck 200 x 400 mm\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand\u003cbr\u003eBalancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective cover\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003cbr\u003eTool kit\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo FSM 2 Surface Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. The actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), the workpiece material, the coolant, and the operator's experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix in the Bernardo FSM 2 Surface Grinder model mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control – it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat abrasive wheel should be used for steel vs. cast iron vs. aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: Alumina (Al₂O₃) wheel A46K–A60K. Cast iron: Silicon carbide (SiC) wheel C46K–C60K. Aluminum: Silicon carbide C46J–C60J wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel – metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo FSM 2 Surface Grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo BSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system – essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696058700104,"sku":"05-1404","price":12732.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_FSM_2040_con_visualizzatore_digitale.jpg?v=1758270997"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-fsm-2550","title":"Bernardo FSM 2550 Surface Grinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Surface Grinder FSM 2550\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Surface Grinder FSM 2550\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-performance professional machine for grinding flat surfaces with precision and stability. Thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003eflat V-longitudinal guide\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003edouble V-transversal guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, it ensures smooth and precise movements. The spindle is equipped with \u003cstrong\u003epreloaded, backlash-free axial and radial bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e, guaranteeing consistent and accurate grinding. The machine features an \u003cstrong\u003eadvanced hydraulic system\u003c\/strong\u003e with a heat exchanger to reduce vibrations and thermal loads, maintaining smooth table movement even with heavy loads. Standard equipment includes a \u003cstrong\u003e2-axis digital display\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e250 x 500 mm permanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003ecentralized lubrication system\u003c\/strong\u003e, and numerous accessories. With a Ø 200 mm grinding wheel, 1.5 kW motor, and 2850 rpm speed, it is suitable for mechanical workshops and precision departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProfessional surface grinder for precision surfaces\u003cbr\u003eFlat V-longitudinal guide and double V-transversal guide\u003cbr\u003eSpindle with preloaded, backlash-free axial and radial bearings\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic system with heat exchanger for reduced vibrations\u003cbr\u003eTable with 560 mm longitudinal travel and 260 mm transversal travel\u003cbr\u003e250 x 500 mm permanent magnetic chuck included\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication of the guides\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm – 1.5 kW motor – 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eSolid construction, machine weight 1010 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSM 2550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots \/ width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transversal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance grinding wheel – table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable speed (hydraulic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransversal adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\/revolution – scale 0.02 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\/revolution – scale 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 x 1400 x 1750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1010 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*with magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display with LCD screen\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck 250 x 500 mm\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand\u003cbr\u003eBalancing shaft\u003cbr\u003eProtective cover\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetization device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003cbr\u003eTool set\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo Surface Grinder FSM 2?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve, under optimal conditions, dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo Surface Grinder FSM 2 model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel to use for steel vs. cast iron vs. aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) grinding wheel A46K–A60K. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) grinding wheel C46K–C60K. Aluminum: silicon carbide grinding wheel C46J–C60J with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo Surface Grinder FSM 2 require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696063910216,"sku":"05-1405","price":15928.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_FSM_2550_con_piastra_magnetica.jpg?v=1758271524"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-fsm-3060-ahd","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinding Machine FSM 3060 AHD","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 3060 AHD Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 3060 AHD\u003c\/strong\u003e is a surface grinder (tangential grinder) designed for high precision and stability in flat surface machining. The machine features an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic vertical feed with a servo motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, digitally adjustable, and a modern hydraulic system that ensures smooth table movements even under heavy loads. The \u003cstrong\u003e300 x 700 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e work table, with a longitudinal travel of up to 640 mm and a transverse travel of up to 320 mm, supports workpieces up to \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e (with magnetic chuck). Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003e2-axis DRO ES-12 H with LCD display\u003c\/strong\u003e, touch control, and electronic handwheel, it offers maximum ergonomics and precision. Includes a 300 x 600 mm magnetic chuck, a Ø 300 mm grinding wheel, a demagnetizing device, and a complete lubrication system. A solid, reliable machine suitable for professional workshops and production departments that require accuracy and productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTangential grinder with automatic vertical feed (servo)\u003cbr\u003e300 x 700 mm table, 640 mm longitudinal travel, 320 mm transverse travel\u003cbr\u003eWorking capacity up to 200 kg with magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eLatest generation hydraulic system for uniform movements\u003cbr\u003eDigital touch control and electronic handwheel for operational precision\u003cbr\u003eIncludes 300 x 600 mm magnetic chuck and Ø 300 mm grinding wheel\u003cbr\u003eRobust construction with 1400 kg weight for maximum stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSM 3060 AHD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with chuck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 300 x 30 x 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 – 18 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 10 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.01 \/ 0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1440 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 1650 x 1850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD display\u003cbr\u003eTouch screen control\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eMagnetic chuck 300 x 600 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 300 mm with flange\u003cbr\u003eBalancing device (stand + arbor)\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentral lubrication\u003cbr\u003eTool kit\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo FSM 3 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo FSM 3 surface grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for identical part series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive wheel should be used for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K wheel. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K wheel. Aluminum: silicon carbide C46J–C60J wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo FSM 3 surface grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696066564424,"sku":"05-1408","price":23492.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_FSM_3060_AHD.jpg?v=1758274162"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-piana-bernardo-bsg-2040-mc-con-piano-magnetico","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 2040 MC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 2040 MC Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 2040 MC Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and precise tangential grinding machine, ideal for grinding small surfaces and quick machining operations. Thanks to its \u003cstrong\u003eprofessional quality spindle bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e, it ensures smooth and vibration-free operation. The hardened and ground guideways ensure precise movements of the longitudinal table and the double V-shaped cross table. The \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-strength grey cast iron structure\u003c\/strong\u003e guarantees stability and durability. Included are a \u003cstrong\u003e200 x 400 mm permanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e, a centralized lubrication system, and a 55-litre coolant device, ensuring safe and continuous operations. The machine comes complete with a \u003cstrong\u003e2-axis digital readout ES-12 H\u003c\/strong\u003e, LED light, protective covers, and balancing accessories. With compact dimensions and a weight of 850 kg, it represents a reliable and efficient solution for mechanical workshops and precision departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCompact tangential grinding machine for small surfaces\u003cbr\u003eTable 445 x 205 mm, longitudinal travel 560 mm, cross travel 225 mm\u003cbr\u003e200 x 400 mm permanent magnetic chuck included\u003cbr\u003eHardened and ground guideways for smooth and precise movements\u003cbr\u003e2850 rpm spindle with professional quality, maintenance-free bearings\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system and 55 l cooling system\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital readout ES-12 H with LCD display\u003cbr\u003eRobust grey cast iron structure for high stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 2040 MC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e445 x 205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. \/ width of T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 13 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cross travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 x 13 x 31.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual cross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/revolution, 0.02 mm\/division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 mm\/revolution, 0.005 mm\/division\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolant capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 l\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1460 x 1200 x 1740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 850 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital readout ES-12 H with LCD\u003cbr\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck 200 x 400 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm with flange\u003cbr\u003eCoolant device (55 l)\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and arbor\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eProtective and splash covers\u003cbr\u003eLongitudinal and cross guideways\u003cbr\u003eTool kit\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 2 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. The actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), the workpiece material, the coolant, and the operator's experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix in the Bernardo BSG 2 surface grinder model mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for identical batches of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K wheel. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K wheel. Aluminum: silicon carbide C46J–C60J wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 2 surface grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696075968840,"sku":"05-1444","price":12639.63,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_BSG_2040_MC_con_piano_magnetico.jpg?v=1758275248"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-2040-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 2040 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 2040 PLC Surface Grinding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 2040 PLC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional surface grinding machine (tangential grinding machine) equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing intuitive programming of simple and repeatable grinding cycles. The advanced hydraulic system with a separate unit and heat exchanger ensures smooth table movements even under heavy loads, reducing vibrations and thermal deformation. The \u003cstrong\u003e200 x 500 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e table, with a longitudinal travel up to 560 mm and a transverse travel up to 240 mm, allows processing of workpieces up to \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e with a magnetic chuck. The vertical feed is servo-assisted and digital, with resolutions up to \u003cstrong\u003e0.005 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Includes a 2-axis digital display, 200 x 460 mm magnetic chuck, Ø 200 mm grinding wheel, cooling system, and central lubrication. A robust machine (1640 kg) that combines automation and precision, ideal for mechanical workshops and production departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTangential grinding machine with Siemens PLC control and touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eTable 200 x 500 mm, longitudinal travel 560 mm, transverse travel 240 mm\u003cbr\u003eWorking capacity up to 180 kg with magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eAutomatic servo-assisted vertical feed (0.005 – 0.05 mm)\u003cbr\u003eElectric magnetic chuck 200 x 460 mm included\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm, speed 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic system with separate unit and heat exchanger\u003cbr\u003eProfessional quality cast iron construction for stability and precision\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 2040 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. \/ width of T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 x 460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with chuck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 8 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.05 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2160 x 1650 x 1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1640 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART-panel IE V3 with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eElectric magnetic chuck 200 x 460 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm with flange\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eSupport and balancing shaft\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetization device\u003cbr\u003eTool set\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 2 surface grinding machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinding machines achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo BSG 2 surface grinding machine model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinding machine is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive wheel should be used for steel vs. cast iron vs. aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K wheel. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K wheel. Aluminum: silicon carbide C46J–C60J wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel — metallic residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 2 surface grinding machine require an integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinding machines are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696085504328,"sku":"05-1445B","price":24615.23,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_BSG_2040_PLC_con_Siemens_touchscreen.jpg?v=1758276249"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-2550-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 2550 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 2550 PLC Surface Grinder \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 2550 PLC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional-grade surface grinder equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eSiemens PLC control with a touchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows for easy programming of simple and repetitive grinding cycles. The \u003cstrong\u003e250 x 510 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e table, with a maximum longitudinal travel of 560 mm and transverse travel of up to 275 mm, supports workpieces up to \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e with a magnetic chuck. The advanced hydraulic system ensures smooth and consistent table movement even under heavy loads. The servo-assisted vertical feed allows for precise adjustments from \u003cstrong\u003e0.005 to 0.05 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, with rapid return at the end of the cycle. Includes a 2-axis digital readout, 250 x 500 mm magnetic chuck, Ø 200 mm grinding wheel, coolant system, and centralized lubrication. With a robust cast iron structure and a weight of \u003cstrong\u003e1750 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, it guarantees stability, precision, and a long service life. An ideal machine for workshops and production departments that demand quality and productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSurface grinder with Siemens PLC touch control\u003cbr\u003e250 x 510 mm table, 560 mm longitudinal travel, 275 mm transverse travel\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 180 kg with magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eServo-assisted automatic vertical feed (0.005 – 0.05 mm)\u003cbr\u003eØ 200 mm grinding wheel, 2850 rpm speed\u003cbr\u003e250 x 500 mm electric magnetic chuck included\u003cbr\u003eLatest generation hydraulic system for smooth and quiet table movement\u003cbr\u003eRobust grey cast iron construction with a weight of 1750 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 2550 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. \/ width of T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with chuck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 8 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.05 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900 x 2050 x 1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1750 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout with LCD\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART-panel IE V3 with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003e250 x 500 mm electric magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eØ 200 mm grinding wheel with flange\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and arbor\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eSplash guards and safety fences\u003cbr\u003eTool kit\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 2 Surface Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. The actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), the workpiece material, the coolant, and the operator's experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the suffix \"PLC\" mean in the Bernardo BSG 2 Surface Grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: Corundum wheel (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K. Cast iron: Silicon carbide wheel (SiC) C46K–C60K. Aluminum: Silicon carbide wheel C46J–C60J with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 2 Surface Grinder require an integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696099299656,"sku":"05-1446B","price":29983.42,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_BSG_2550_PLC_con_Siemens_PLC.jpg?v=1758276803"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-3060-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 3060 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 3060 PLC Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 3060 PLC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional surface grinder (tangential grinder), designed for precision, stability, and automation in flat surface machining. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for easy programming of grinding cycles and automatic setting of table movements. The \u003cstrong\u003e305 x 635 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e table, with a longitudinal travel of 765 mm and a transverse travel of 340 mm, supports workpieces up to \u003cstrong\u003e270 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e with a magnetic chuck. The digital servo-assisted vertical feed allows for precise adjustments from \u003cstrong\u003e0.005 to 0.05 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Ø 350 mm grinding wheel with a 4.0 kW motor ensures powerful and consistent machining, while the advanced hydraulic system with a separate unit and heat exchanger reduces vibrations and thermal deformations. With a weight of \u003cstrong\u003e2375 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, it represents a solid, reliable machine ideal for mechanical workshops and precision departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCNC tangential grinder with Siemens PLC touch control\u003cbr\u003eTable 305 x 635 mm, longitudinal travel 765 mm, transverse travel 340 mm\u003cbr\u003eWorking capacity up to 270 kg with magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eAutomatic servo-assisted vertical feed (0.005 – 0.05 mm)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 350 mm, 4.0 kW motor, 1450 rpm\u003cbr\u003eAdvanced hydraulic system with separate unit and heat exchanger\u003cbr\u003e300 x 600 mm electric magnetic chuck included\u003cbr\u003eRobust cast iron structure with a weight of 2375 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 3060 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 x 635 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. \/ width of T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e765 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with chuck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 350 x 40 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 8 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.05 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2350 x 2220 x 1910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2375 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART-panel IE V3 with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eElectric magnetic chuck 300 x 600 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 350 mm with flange\u003cbr\u003eSupport and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eSafety splash guards\u003cbr\u003eTool set\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 3 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness of Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the suffix \"PLC\" mean in the Bernardo BSG 3 surface grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with programmable PLC control—it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive wheel to use for steel vs. cast iron vs. aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: corundum wheel (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K. Cast iron: silicon carbide wheel (SiC) C46K–C60K. Aluminum: silicon carbide wheel C46J–C60J with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel—metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 3 surface grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system—essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts and wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696106115400,"sku":"05-1447B","price":33343.33,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_BSG_3060_PLC_con_Siemens_PLC.jpg?v=1758277174"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-40100-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinding Machine BSG 40100 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 40100 PLC Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 40100 PLC\u003c\/strong\u003e is an industrial-grade surface grinder, designed for grinding large surfaces with high precision and stability. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for automated programming of grinding cycles, with adjustable feed rates and automatic return at the end of the program. The \u003cstrong\u003e405 x 1020 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e table, with a longitudinal travel of up to 1130 mm and a transverse travel of 450 mm, supports workpieces up to \u003cstrong\u003e600 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e thanks to the 400 x 1000 mm magnetic chuck. The servo-assisted vertical feed allows digital adjustments from \u003cstrong\u003e0.005 to 0.05 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Ø 350 mm grinding wheel and 4.0 kW motor ensure consistent power and precision. The reinforced cast iron structure, with a total weight of \u003cstrong\u003e3700 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, guarantees rigidity and absence of vibrations. An ideal machine for production departments and mechanical workshops that require heavy-duty and highly accurate machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCNC tangential grinding machine with Siemens PLC touch\u003cbr\u003eTable 405 x 1020 mm, longitudinal travel 1130 mm, transverse travel 450 mm\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 600 kg with 400 x 1000 mm magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eServo-assisted automatic vertical feed (0.005 – 0.05 mm)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 350 mm, motor 4.0 kW, 1450 rpm\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic system with separate unit and heat exchanger\u003cbr\u003eMassive cast iron structure, weight 3700 kg for maximum stability\u003cbr\u003eSupplied complete with 2-axis DRO, cooling, demagnetization and accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 40100 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 x 1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo. \/ T-slot width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with plate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 350 x 40 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 8 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.05 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3100 x 2200 x 1900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3700 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital display ES-12 H with LCD\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART-panel IE V3 with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eElectric magnetic chuck 400 x 1000 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 350 mm with flange\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and arbor\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eSafety splash guards\u003cbr\u003eTool set\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo BSG 4 Surface Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo BSG 4 Surface Grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with programmable PLC control—it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for identical batches of workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat abrasive wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K wheel. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K wheel. Aluminum: silicon carbide C46J–C60J wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel—metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 4 Surface Grinder require an integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system—essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696108802376,"sku":"05-1449B","price":44848.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_BSG_40100_PLC_con_Siemens_PLC.jpg?v=1758278977"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-4080-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 4080 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 4080 PLC Surface Grinding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 4080 PLC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-end surface grinding machine (tangential grinder) designed for processing large flat surfaces with high precision and rigidity. Equipped with a \u003cstrong\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e, it allows for automatic programming of grinding cycles with digital setting of feeds, strokes, and automatic lift at the end of the program. The \u003cstrong\u003e405 x 815 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e table, with a longitudinal travel of up to 900 mm and a transverse travel of 450 mm, can support workpieces up to \u003cstrong\u003e500 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e thanks to the 400 x 800 mm magnetic chuck. The servo-assisted vertical feed allows for digital adjustments from 0.005 to 0.05 mm, while the Ø 350 mm grinding wheel with a 4.0 kW motor ensures consistent performance. With a weight of \u003cstrong\u003e3400 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and a massive cast iron structure, it ensures stability even under extreme loads. A perfect machine for machine shops and precision departments that demand maximum productivity and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCNC surface grinding machine with Siemens PLC touch control\u003cbr\u003eTable 405 x 815 mm, longitudinal travel 900 mm, transverse travel 450 mm\u003cbr\u003eCapacity up to 500 kg with 400 x 800 mm magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eAutomatic servo-assisted vertical feed (0.005 – 0.05 mm)\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 350 mm, 4.0 kW motor, 1450 rpm\u003cbr\u003eAdvanced hydraulic system with separate unit and heat exchanger\u003cbr\u003eMassive cast iron structure, weight 3400 kg for heavy-duty work\u003cbr\u003eComplete with 2-axis DRO, demagnetization device, cooling, and centralized lubrication\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 4080 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e405 x 815 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber \/ width of T-slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance spindle \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with chuck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 350 x 40 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 8 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.05 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2650 x 2200 x 1900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis DRO ES-12 H with LCD\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART-panel IE V3 with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eElectric magnetic chuck 400 x 800 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 350 mm with flange\u003cbr\u003eSupport and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication system\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetization device\u003cbr\u003eSafety splash guards\u003cbr\u003eTool kit\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo BSG 4 surface grinding machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinding machines achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. The actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), the workpiece material, the coolant, and the operator's experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix in the Bernardo BSG 4 surface grinding machine model mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinding machine is equipped with a programmable PLC control – it allows for setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich abrasive wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K wheel. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K wheel. Aluminum: silicon carbide C46J–C60J wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel – metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 4 surface grinding machine require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BSG and FSM surface grinding machines are equipped with an integrated cooling system – essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use appropriate coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696112767304,"sku":"05-1448B","price":39541.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_BSG_4080_PLC_con_Siemens_PLC.jpg?v=1758278432"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrici-bernardo-bsg-50100-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 50100 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 50100 PLC Surface Grinder with ES-12 H 2-axis Digital Readout\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BSG 50100 PLC Surface Grinder with ES-12 H 2-axis digital readout is designed for industrial applications where precision, rigidity, and reliability are essential. The table with hardened and ground guideways, combined with Durcit-B coated counter-guideways, ensures smooth movement and long service life. Longitudinal and transversal movements occur via a combined V-flat guide, while the Siemens PLC control allows for programming automated grinding cycles with return to the initial position. The massive structure with stress-relieved base and thick reinforcements guarantees stability even under high loads of up to 700 kg. The 350 mm grinding wheel, combined with the powerful 7.5 kW motor and state-of-the-art hydraulic system, enables fast and precise grinding. A complete solution for workshops and companies requiring high-level professional grinding machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTable with hardened and ground guideways, Durcit-B coated counter-guideways\u003cbr\u003eLongitudinal and transversal movements on combined V-flat guide\u003cbr\u003eHigh-performance hydraulic system for smooth and consistent feeds\u003cbr\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen for automated cycles\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout included\u003cbr\u003eWorking capacity up to 700 kg with 500 x 1000 mm magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eØ 350 mm grinding wheel with spindle on preloaded axial and radial bearings\u003cbr\u003eMassive structure with stress-relieved base and thick reinforcements for high stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 50100 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots (No. \/ width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cross travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance grinding wheel \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight (with magnetic chuck)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 50 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic cross adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 30 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid cross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 600 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.04 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 300 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1440 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3880 x 2150 x 2420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel and flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003e500 x 1000 mm magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser and demagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system and diamond dressing device\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentral lubrication\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic oil cooler\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 5 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), the workpiece material, the coolant, and the operator's experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix in the Bernardo BSG 5 surface grinder model mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control—it allows for setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed rate) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for identical part series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel should be used for steel vs. cast iron vs. aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) grinding wheel A46K–A60K. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) grinding wheel C46K–C60K. Aluminum: silicon carbide grinding wheel C46J–C60J with ample lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel—metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 5 surface grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system—essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696118501704,"sku":"05-1450XL","price":62307.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BSG_50100_PLC_Smerigliatrice_piana_con_controllo_PLC_e_DRO_2_assi.jpg?v=1758530038"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrici-bernardo-bsg-50160-plc-dro","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 50160 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 50160 PLC – Surface Grinding Machine with 2-axis DRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BSG 50160 PLC surface grinding machine with ES-12 H 2-axis digital readout is designed for high-precision industrial grinding. The 500 x 1600 mm worktable, with hardened and ground guideways and Durcit-B coated counter-guideways, ensures rigidity, smooth operation, and long service life. Longitudinal and transversal movements are achieved via combined V-flat guideways, while the advanced hydraulic system ensures smooth translations even under heavy loads. The Siemens PLC control, with a touchscreen panel, allows for quick programming of grinding cycles, including roughing, finishing, and automatic return to the initial position. With a working capacity of up to 900 kg, a 350 mm grinding wheel, and a 7.5 kW motor, the BSG 50160 PLC represents a robust, stable, and efficient solution for workshops and companies requiring a professional hydraulic surface grinding machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic surface grinding machine with 500 x 1600 mm table\u003cbr\u003eHardened and ground guideways with Durcit-B coated counter-guideways\u003cbr\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen panel\u003cbr\u003eAutomated grinding cycles with initial return\u003cbr\u003e2x (500 x 800 mm) magnetic chucks for workpieces up to 900 kg\u003cbr\u003eØ 350 mm grinding wheel with preloaded bearing spindle\u003cbr\u003eHigh-performance hydraulic system with table speed 5 – 25 m\/min\u003cbr\u003eMassive cast iron structure with annealed base and reinforcements\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 50160 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorktable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots (n° \/ width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 500 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cross travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. grinding wheel \/ table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 50 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic cross adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 30 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCross rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 600 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.04 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 500 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5640 x 2250 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel and flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work lamp\u003cbr\u003eMagnetic chucks 500 x 800 mm (2 pieces)\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetization device\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentral lubrication\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic oil cooler\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 5 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions, Bernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo BSG 5 surface grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows for setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed rate) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for identical batches of parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: Alumina (Al₂O₃) grinding wheel A46K–A60K. Cast iron: Silicon carbide (SiC) grinding wheel C46K–C60K. Aluminum: Silicon carbide grinding wheel C46J–C60J with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 5 surface grinder require an integrated coolant system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696124039496,"sku":"05-1452XL","price":66211.25,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BSG_50160_PLC_Smerigliatrice_piana_con_Siemens_PLC_e_DRO_2_assi.jpg?v=1758529983"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrici-superfici-bernardo-bsg-50160","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 60120 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 60120 PLC Surface Grinder with 2-axis DRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BSG 60120 PLC surface grinder with ES-12 H 2-axis digital readout is designed for high-precision industrial grinding of large workpieces. The 600 x 1200 mm table with hardened and ground guideways, combined with Durcit-B coated counter-guideways, ensures rigidity, stability, and smooth movement. Longitudinal and traverse movements are achieved via a combined V-flat guideway, while the advanced hydraulic system guarantees smooth translations even under loads up to 970 kg. The Siemens PLC control with touchscreen allows programming of automated grinding cycles: roughing, finishing, and return to the home position. With a 350 mm grinding wheel, a 7.5 kW motor, and a massive reinforced structure, the BSG 60120 PLC offers high performance, reliability, and constant precision, making it the ideal solution for workshops and companies with advanced production needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e600 x 1200 mm table with hardened and ground guideways\u003cbr\u003eDurcit-B counter-guideways for rigidity and low wear\u003cbr\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen for automated cycles\u003cbr\u003eSmooth feeds thanks to high-performance hydraulic system\u003cbr\u003e600 x 1200 mm magnetic chuck, capacity up to 970 kg\u003cbr\u003eØ 350 mm grinding wheel with preloaded bearing spindle\u003cbr\u003ePowerful 7.5 kW motor and 5.5 kW hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003eMassive cast iron structure with thick reinforcements and annealed base\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 60120 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots (No. \/ width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cross travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. grinding wheel \/ table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 50 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic cross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 30 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid cross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 600 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.04 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 300 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1440 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 x 2750 x 2420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel and flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work lamp\u003cbr\u003e600 x 1200 mm magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentral lubrication\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic oil cooler\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo BSG 6 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo BSG 6 surface grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control – it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for identical part series.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel should be used for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: Corundum (Al₂O₃) grinding wheel A46K–A60K. Cast iron: Silicon carbide (SiC) grinding wheel C46K–C60K. Aluminum: Silicon carbide grinding wheel C46J–C60J with ample lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel – metallic residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 6 surface grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system – essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696133050696,"sku":"05-1451XL","price":68822.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BSG_60120_PLC_Smerigliatrice_piana_idraulica_con_Siemens_PLC_e_DRO_2_assi.jpg?v=1758528056"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-60160-plc","title":"Bernardo Flat Grinding Machine BSG 60160 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 60160 PLC Surface Grinder with 2-Axis DRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BSG 60160 PLC surface grinder with ES-12 H 2-axis digital readout is designed for precision grinding operations on large and heavy workpieces. The 600 x 1600 mm table, equipped with hardened and ground guideways with Durcit-B coated counter-guideways, ensures rigidity, stability, and long service life. Longitudinal and cross movements are achieved via V-flat guideways, while the modern hydraulic system guarantees smooth feeds even under loads up to 1300 kg. The Siemens PLC control, with a touchscreen panel, allows for rapid programming of automated cycles: roughing, finishing, and automatic return to the home position. With a 350 mm grinding wheel, a 7.5 kW motor, and a massive cast iron structure, the BSG 60160 PLC is a reliable and high-performance machine, ideal for companies and workshops requiring top-level grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e600 x 1600 mm table with hardened and ground guideways\u003cbr\u003eDurcit-B coated counter-guideways for rigidity and smooth movement\u003cbr\u003eSiemens PLC control with touchscreen panel\u003cbr\u003eAutomated grinding cycles: roughing and finishing\u003cbr\u003eTwo 600 x 800 mm magnetic chucks for loads up to 1300 kg\u003cbr\u003eØ 350 mm grinding wheel with preloaded bearing spindle\u003cbr\u003e7.5 kW motor and 5.5 kW hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003eCast iron structure with reinforcements and annealed base for maximum stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 60160 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot (n° \/ width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 600 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. cross travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. grinding wheel \/ table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 50 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic cross adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 20 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid cross feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 600 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.04 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 500 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5500 x 2750 x 2700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2-axis digital display ES-12 H\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel and flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003e2 magnetic chucks 600 x 800 mm\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic oil cooler\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo BSG 6 Surface Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions, Bernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo BSG 6 Surface Grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with programmable PLC control — it allows for setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel should be used for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: Alumina (Al₂O₃) grinding wheel A46K–A60K. Cast iron: Silicon carbide (SiC) grinding wheel C46K–C60K. Aluminum: Silicon carbide grinding wheel C46J–C60J with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 6 Surface Grinder require an integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696208056648,"sku":"05-1453XL","price":74507.54,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BSG_60160_PLC_Smerigliatrice_piana_con_PLC_Siemens_e_DRO_2_assi.jpg?v=1758528652"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-60220-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 60220 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 60220 PLC Surface Grinding Machine with 2-axis DRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BSG 60220 PLC surface grinding machine with ES-12 H 2-axis digital readout is a large industrial machine, designed for high-precision grinding of heavy workpieces up to 1700 kg. The 600 x 2200 mm table, with hardened and ground guides and Durcit-B coated counter-guides, ensures rigidity and smooth operation even under intensive loads. Longitudinal and transverse movements occur on combined V-flat guides, while the latest generation hydraulic system ensures fluid and regular translations. The Siemens PLC control with touchscreen allows programming automated grinding cycles, such as roughing, finishing, and automatic return to the initial position. With a 350 mm grinding wheel, a 7.5 kW motor, and a 5.5 kW hydraulic pump, the BSG 60220 is the ideal choice for workshops and companies that require a robust, precise, and highly productive surface grinding machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e600 x 2200 mm work table with hardened and ground guides\u003cbr\u003eDurcit-B coated counter-guides for rigidity and long life\u003cbr\u003eSiemens PLC control with integrated touchscreen panel\u003cbr\u003eAutomated grinding cycles with return to initial position\u003cbr\u003eTwo 600 x 1000 mm magnetic chucks for workpieces up to 1700 kg\u003cbr\u003eØ 350 mm grinding wheel with preloaded bearing spindle\u003cbr\u003e7.5 kW motor and 5.5 kW hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003eMassive cast iron structure with reinforcements and annealed base\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 60220 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots (No. \/ width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 18 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic chucks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 600 x 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. grinding wheel \/ table distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 x 50 x 127 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 20 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 600 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.04 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 500 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1450 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power consumption\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6600 x 2750 x 2700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel and flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003e2 magnetic chucks 600 x 1000 mm\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eParallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentral lubrication\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic oil cooler\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days in the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo BSG 6 surface grinding machine?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinding machines achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo BSG 6 surface grinding machine model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinding machine is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding wheel should be used for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K grinding wheel. Cast iron: silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K grinding wheel. Aluminum: silicon carbide C46J–C60J grinding wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 6 surface grinding machine require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinding machines are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696213627208,"sku":"05-1454XL","price":89184.64,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BSG_60220_PLC_Smerigliatrice_piana_con_PLC_Siemens_e_DRO_2_as.jpg?v=1758528963"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrice-piana-bsg-80160-plc","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinder BSG 80160 PLC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BSG 80160 PLC Surface Grinder with 2-axis DRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo BSG 80160 PLC surface grinder with ES-12 H 2-axis digital readout is a professional machine for the precision grinding of large workpieces up to 2000 kg. The 810 x 1600 mm table with hardened and ground guideways and Durcit-B counter-guideways ensures rigidity and smooth movement. Longitudinal and transverse movements occur via V-flat guides, while the advanced hydraulic system guarantees smooth translations even under heavy loads. The Siemens PLC control with touchscreen allows for programming automated grinding cycles, including roughing, finishing, and automatic return to the home position. The 500 mm grinding wheel, the powerful 18.5 kW motor, and the massive structure with an annealed base and thick reinforcements make the BSG 80160 PLC ideal for heavy industrial applications and high-precision machining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e810 x 1600 mm table with hardened and ground guideways\u003cbr\u003eDurcit-B counter-guideways for rigidity and constant precision\u003cbr\u003eSiemens PLC with touchscreen for automated grinding cycles\u003cbr\u003eTwo 800 x 800 mm magnetic plates for workpieces up to 2000 kg\u003cbr\u003eØ 500 mm grinding wheel with preloaded spindle bearings\u003cbr\u003e18.5 kW motor and 5.5 kW hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003eSmooth hydraulic system with feeds up to 2000 mm\/min\u003cbr\u003eMassive cast iron structure with an annealed base for industrial stability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBSG 80160 PLC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 x 1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot (no. \/ width)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 \/ 22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 800 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance grinding wheel center \/ table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 75 x 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic table speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 – 25 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 – 30 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 2000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.005 – 0.05 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical rapid traverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 – 2000 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4800 x 4000 x 2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003eSiemens SMART panel with touchscreen\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel and flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work lamp\u003cbr\u003e2 magnetic plates 800 x 800 mm\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand and balancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective covers\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic parallel dresser\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetization device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDressing diamond\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentral lubrication\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic air cooler\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo BSG 8 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix in the Bernardo BSG 8 surface grinder model mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on series of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel to use for steel vs. cast iron vs. aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: A46K–A60K aluminum oxide (Al₂O₃) wheel. Cast iron: C46K–C60K silicon carbide (SiC) wheel. Aluminum: C46J–C60J silicon carbide wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo BSG 8 surface grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding on hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696217035080,"sku":"05-1455XL","price":110681.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BSG_80160_PLC_Smerigliatrice_piana_con_PLC_Siemens_e_DRO_2_assi.jpg?v=1758529424"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-fsm-2550-ahd","title":"Bernardo Surface Grinding Machine FSM 2550 AHD","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 2550 AHD Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 2550 AHD\u003c\/strong\u003e is a state-of-the-art surface grinder, designed for precise and automated grinding of flat surfaces. Equipped with \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic vertical feed with a servo motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, it offers digital adjustments for infeed, dressing, and lift-off at the end of the program, enhancing efficiency and reducing processing times. The highly stable cast iron structure, combined with an \u003cstrong\u003eadvanced hydraulic system\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensures smooth and vibration-free movements even under heavy loads. The longitudinal and transverse tables are adjustable via limit switches, and workpieces are clamped on a \u003cstrong\u003e250 x 500 mm electric magnetic chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e. Standard features include a \u003cstrong\u003e2-axis digital readout\u003c\/strong\u003e, touchscreen control, centralized lubrication, and professional accessories. With a Ø 200 mm grinding wheel powered by a 1.5 kW motor and a weight of 1100 kg, it represents an ideal solution for mechanical workshops and precision departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAutomatic surface grinder with servo-assisted vertical feed\u003cbr\u003eDigital control with touchscreen and electronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eCast iron structure for high stability and vibration reduction\u003cbr\u003eLongitudinal and transverse tables adjustable via limit switches\u003cbr\u003e250 x 500 mm electric magnetic chuck included\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication for all guides\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm – 1.5 kW motor – 2850 rpm\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic system with smooth and constant movements\u003cbr\u003eWeight 1100 kg – ideal for precision workshops\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSM 2550 AHD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots \/ width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance grinding wheel – table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 200 x 20 x 31.75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable speed (hydraulic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 – 18 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5 – 10 mm\/stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid transverse feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e990 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual transverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\/revolution – scale 0.02 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.01 \/ 0.1 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid vertical feed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\/revolution – scale 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2850 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical feed motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1700 x 1400 x 1750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*with magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital readout with LCD\u003cbr\u003eTouchscreen control panel\u003cbr\u003eElectronic handwheel\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 200 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work light\u003cbr\u003e250 x 500 mm electric magnetic chuck\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand\u003cbr\u003eBalancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective cover\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetization device\u003cbr\u003eCoolant system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dressing tool\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003cbr\u003eTool set\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat grinding precision can be achieved with the Bernardo FSM 2 surface grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnder optimal conditions, Bernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and surface roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm. Actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), workpiece material, coolant, and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo FSM 2 surface grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results for batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: corundum wheel (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K. Cast iron: silicon carbide wheel (SiC) C46K–C60K. Aluminum: silicon carbide wheel C46J–C60J with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo FSM 2 surface grinder require an integrated coolant system?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to prevent surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696221262152,"sku":"05-1406","price":18978.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_FSM_2550_AHD_con_controllo_digitale.jpg?v=1758273221"},{"product_id":"bernardo-smerigliatrice-piana-fsm-3060","title":"Bernardo Flat Grinder FSM 3060","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 3060 Surface Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo FSM 3060\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional surface grinder designed for precise grinding of flat surfaces, ideal for mechanical workshops, production departments, and precision machining. The machine is built with a \u003cstrong\u003eflat V-longitudinal guide\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003edouble V-transverse guide\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring smooth movements and constant stability. The spindle is supported by \u003cstrong\u003epreload axial and radial bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e, free of play, to guarantee accuracy and reliability. It features an \u003cstrong\u003eadvanced hydraulic system with a heat exchanger\u003c\/strong\u003e, which reduces vibrations and thermal loads, keeping the table smooth even under load. Standard features include a \u003cstrong\u003e2-axis digital display\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003e300 x 600 mm permanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003ecentralized lubrication system\u003c\/strong\u003e, and numerous accessories. With a Ø 300 mm grinding wheel driven by a 4.0 kW (1440 rpm) motor, it offers high performance and great stability thanks to its 1330 kg weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMain features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProfessional surface grinder with 300 x 700 mm table\u003cbr\u003eFlat V-longitudinal guide and double V-transverse guide\u003cbr\u003eSpindle with preload axial and radial bearings\u003cbr\u003eHydraulic system with heat exchanger to reduce vibrations and thermal loads\u003cbr\u003eTable with 640 mm longitudinal travel and 320 mm transverse travel\u003cbr\u003e300 x 600 mm permanent magnetic chuck included\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication of the guides\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 300 mm – 4.0 kW motor – 1440 rpm\u003cbr\u003eMachine weight 1330 kg, robust cast iron structure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFSM 3060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slots \/ width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 \/ 14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. transverse travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. distance grinding wheel – table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece weight*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 300 x 30 x 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable speed (hydraulic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 – 20 m\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransverse adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\/revolution – scale 0.02 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm\/revolution – scale 0.01 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel motor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1440 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic pump power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 x 1650 x 1850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 1330 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNote\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e*with magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eES-12 H 2-axis digital display with LCD\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 300 mm\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel flange\u003cbr\u003eLED work lamp\u003cbr\u003ePermanent magnetic chuck 300 x 600 mm\u003cbr\u003eBalancing stand\u003cbr\u003eBalancing arbor\u003cbr\u003eProtective cover\u003cbr\u003eDemagnetizing device\u003cbr\u003eCooling system\u003cbr\u003eDiamond dresser\u003cbr\u003eMachine feet\u003cbr\u003eCentralized lubrication\u003cbr\u003eTool kit\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the achievable grinding precision with the Bernardo FSM 3 Surface Grinder?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo surface grinders achieve dimensional tolerances of IT5–IT6 and roughness Ra 0.4–0.8 µm under optimal conditions. The actual precision depends on the condition of the grinding wheel (periodic dressing), the workpiece material, the coolant, and the operator's experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the \"PLC\" suffix mean in the Bernardo FSM 3 Surface Grinder model?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLC suffix indicates that the grinder is equipped with a programmable PLC control — it allows setting automatic grinding cycles (number of passes, depth per pass, feed rate) without manual intervention during the cycle. Compared to the manual version, it reduces cycle times and produces more repeatable results on batches of identical parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich grinding wheel to use for steel vs cast iron vs aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel: Corundum (Al₂O₃) A46K–A60K grinding wheel. Cast iron: Silicon carbide (SiC) C46K–C60K grinding wheel. Aluminum: Silicon carbide C46J–C60J grinding wheel with abundant lubrication. Do not mix different materials on the same grinding wheel — metal residues contaminate the ground surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the Bernardo FSM 3 Surface Grinder require integrated coolant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBSG and FSM surface grinders are equipped with an integrated cooling system — essential for precision grinding of hardened steel to avoid surface burns that alter the material's structure. Always use the appropriate type of coolant for the material being processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and grinding wheels available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696225161544,"sku":"05-1407","price":21809.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Smerigliatrice_piana_Bernardo_FSM_3060_con_piastra_magnetica.jpg?v=1758272090"},{"product_id":"smerigliatrici-bernardo-kns-150","title":"Bernardo Grinder-welder KNS 150","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Grinder-Welder KNS 150\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo KNS 150 Grinder-Welder is designed for processing and finishing weld seams, even in hard-to-reach areas. Thanks to its 180° swivel handle, it requires minimal space during use, ensuring practicality and versatility. It is ideal for grinding and polishing stainless steel structures and other materials, with the possibility of mounting abrasive and polishing discs up to 150 mm in diameter. The integrated electronics maintain a constant working speed, while the powerful 800 W motor offers six adjustment levels to adapt to different applications. Weighing only 3.3 kg, the KNS 150 combines compactness, ergonomics, and performance, making it a reliable tool for welders, carpenters, and metalworking shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDesigned for finishing weld seams in difficult areas\u003cbr\u003e180° swivel handle for reduced footprint during use\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for grinding and polishing discs up to Ø 150 mm\u003cbr\u003eElectronics with constant speed maintenance\u003cbr\u003ePowerful 800 W motor with 6 adjustment levels\u003cbr\u003eIdeal for stainless steel and metal structures\u003cbr\u003eCompact, lightweight, and easy to handle (only 3.3 kg)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKNS 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinding wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 x 25.4 x 6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo-load speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 – 4500 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGrinding wheel Ø 150 mm\u003cbr\u003eSwivel handle\u003cbr\u003eProtective cover\u003cbr\u003e2 carbon brushes\u003cbr\u003eService tools\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the KNS 150 suitable for welding and grinding in the same tool?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Bernardo KNS 150 combines a grinder and a welding tool in one machine — allowing you to switch from joint cleaning to welding without changing equipment. Suitable for workshops that frequently weld steel, stainless steel, and aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the KNS 150 A (18V battery) version different from the KNS 150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe A version is battery-powered 18V rechargeable — completely cordless, suitable for use on construction sites or in locations where a power outlet is not available. The standard version is mains powered. Same operational functionality, different power source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and discs available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50696227979592,"sku":"05-1326","price":219.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_KNS_150_Smerigliatrice-saldatrice_compatta_per_inox.jpg?v=1758532669"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745843257302blob.png?v=1753457613","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/grinders-metal.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}